SECTION AT MA
EM
LC
EC
CONTENTS FE
AT-2
CONTENTS (Cont’d)
21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP, DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH GI
Overdrive Control and Throttle Position Switches SOLENOID VALVE......................................................323
Circuit Checks) ........................................................259 Description ...............................................................323
Wiring Diagram - AT - TCV......................................324 MA
QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA) Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................325
Component Inspection.............................................326
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP) ....327
EM
DESCRIPTION .............................................................268 Description ...............................................................327
PCM Terminals and Reference Value .....................268 Wiring Diagram - AT - TCCSIG ...............................330
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY........272
LC
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................331
Wiring Diagram - AT - MAIN....................................272 Component Inspection.............................................337
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................273 DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE ...338 EC
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) Description ...............................................................338
SWITCH .......................................................................275 Wiring Diagram - AT - LPSV....................................339
Description ...............................................................275 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................340 FE
Wiring Diagram - AT - PNP/SW...............................276 Component Inspection.............................................342
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................277 DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A ..................343
Component Inspection.............................................279 CL
Description ...............................................................343
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR Wiring Diagram - AT - SSV/A ..................................344
CIRCUIT .......................................................................280 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................345 MT
Description ...............................................................280 Component Inspection.............................................346
Wiring Diagram - AT - FTS ......................................282 DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B ..................347
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................283 Description ...............................................................347
Component Inspection.............................................285 Wiring Diagram - AT - SSV/B ..................................348
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................349
(REVOLUTION SENSOR) ...........................................286 AX
Component Inspection.............................................350
Description ...............................................................286 DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR ...........351
Wiring Diagram - AT - VSSA/T ................................288
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................289
Description ...............................................................351 SU
Wiring Diagram - AT - TPS......................................353
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL .......................291 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................354
Description ...............................................................291 Component Inspection.............................................358 BR
Wiring Diagram - AT - ENGSS ................................292 DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................293 VALVE..........................................................................359
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION ....................295 Description ...............................................................359
ST
Description ...............................................................295 Wiring Diagram - AT - OVRCSV..............................360
Wiring Diagram - AT - 1ST ......................................298 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................361
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................299 RS
Component Inspection.............................................362
Component Inspection.............................................300 DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION....................302 SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM POWER SOURCE) ....363 BT
Description ...............................................................302 Description ...............................................................363
Wiring Diagram - AT - 2ND......................................305 Wiring Diagram - AT - BA/FTS ................................365
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................306 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................366 HA
Component Inspection.............................................307 Component Inspection.............................................368
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION....................308 DTC VHCL SPEED SEN·MTR VEHICLE SPEED
Description ...............................................................308 SC
SENSOR·MTR..............................................................369
Wiring Diagram - AT - 3RD......................................311 Description ...............................................................369
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................312 Wiring Diagram - AT - VSSMTR..............................371 EL
Component Inspection.............................................313 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................372
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION ....................314 DTC CONTROL UNIT (RAM), CONTROL UNIT
Description ...............................................................314 (ROM)...........................................................................373 IDX
Wiring Diagram - AT - 4TH ......................................317 Description ...............................................................373
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................318 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................373
Component Inspection.............................................322
AT-3
CONTENTS (Cont’d)
DTC CONTROL UNIT (EEP ROM) .............................375 Differential Side Oil Seal Replacement ...................435
Description ...............................................................375 Revolution Sensor Replacement .............................435
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................376 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ...............................436
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS ...............377 Removal...................................................................436
Wiring Diagram - AT - NONDTC .............................377 Installation................................................................437
1. O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On....380 OVERHAUL .................................................................439
2. Engine Cannot Be Started In ″P″ and ″N″ Components.............................................................439
Position ....................................................................383 Oil Channel ..............................................................442
3. In ″P″ Position, Vehicle Moves Forward Or Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings,
Backward When Pushed .........................................384 Thrust Washers and Snap Rings ............................443
4. In ″N″ Position, Vehicle Moves ...........................385 DISASSEMBLY............................................................444
5. Large Shock. ″N″ -> ″R″ Position .......................387 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS .........................458
6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In ″R″ Manual Shaft............................................................458
Position ....................................................................389 Oil Pump ..................................................................461
7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In ″D″, ″2″ Control Valve Assembly...........................................465
Or ″1″ Position.........................................................392 Control Valve Upper Body .......................................474
8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 ...................395 Control Valve Lower Body .......................................478
9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 -> D2 Or Does Not Reverse Clutch ........................................................481
Kickdown: D4 -> D2..................................................398 High Clutch ..............................................................485
10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 -> D3.............................401 Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch........................490
11. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 -> D4 .............................404 Low & Reverse Brake..............................................497
12. A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up .........................407 Rear Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub and
13. A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition ..............409 Overrun Clutch Hub.................................................501
14. Lock-up Is Not Released...................................411 Output Shaft, Idler Gear, Reduction Pinion Gear
15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light and Bearing Retainer...............................................505
Braking D4 -> D3).....................................................412 Band Servo Piston Assembly ..................................510
16. Vehicle Does Not Start From D1 .......................414 Final Drive................................................................515
17. A/T Does Not Shift: D4 -> D3, When ASSEMBLY..................................................................519
Overdrive Control Switch ″ON″ -> ″OFF″ ...............415 Assembly (1)............................................................519
18. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 -> 22, When Selector Adjustment (1) .........................................................520
Lever ″D″ -> ″2″ Position.........................................416 Assembly (2)............................................................525
19. A/T Does Not Shift: 22 -> 11, When Selector Adjustment (2) .........................................................529
Lever ″2″ -> ″1″ Position .........................................417 Assembly (3)............................................................533
20. Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Assembly (4)............................................................535
Brake........................................................................418 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .......540
21. PCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP, General Specifications.............................................540
Overdrive Control and Throttle Position Switches Shift Schedule..........................................................540
Circuit Checks) ........................................................418 Stall Revolution........................................................541
Line Pressure...........................................................541
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM.........................................425 Control Valves..........................................................542
Description ...............................................................425 Clutch, Brake and Brake Band................................542
Shift Lock System Electrical Parts Location............425 Clutch and Brake Return Springs............................544
Wiring Diagram - SHIFT -........................................426 Oil Pump ..................................................................544
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................427 Input Shaft ...............................................................545
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE ..........................................431 Planetary Carrier......................................................545
Components.............................................................431 Final Drive................................................................545
Removal...................................................................431 Reduction Pinion Gear ............................................546
Installation................................................................432 Output Shaft.............................................................548
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE ..............................................433 Bearing Retainer......................................................548
Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators.............433 Total End Play..........................................................549
Control Cable Adjustment........................................434 Reverse Clutch End Play ........................................549
Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Adjustment .....434 Accumulator .............................................................549
AT-4
CONTENTS (Cont’d)
Band Servo ..............................................................549 ATF Temp. Sensor ...................................................550 GI
Removal and Installation .........................................550 Revolution Sensor ...................................................550
Shift Solenoid Valves...............................................550 Dropping Resistor ....................................................550
Resistance ...............................................................550 MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-5
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INDEX
Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC
AT-6
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INDEX
Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC (Cont’d)
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-7
PRECAUTIONS
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”
Precautions NIAT0004
쐌 Before connecting or disconnecting the TCM/PCM har-
ness connector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect
negative battery terminal. Failure to do so may damage
the TCM/PCM. Because battery voltage is applied to TCM/
PCM even if ignition switch is turned off.
SEF289H
AT-8
PRECAUTIONS
Precautions (Cont’d)
쐌 When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or
from TCM/PCM, take care not to damage pin terminals
(bend or break). GI
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on TCM/
PCM pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
MA
EM
AAT470A LC
쐌 Before replacing TCM/PCM, perform TCM/PCM input/
output signal inspection and make sure whether TCM/
PCM functions properly or not. See page AT-108 [QG18DE EC
(Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-268 [QG18DE (except
Calif. CA Model)].
FE
CL
MEF040DA
MT
쐌 After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform
“DTC (Diagnostic Trouble Code) CONFIRMATION PROCE-
DURE”.
The DTC should not be displayed in the “DTC CONFIRMA-
TION PROCEDURE” if the repair is completed. AX
SU
BR
SAT964I
AT-10
PRECAUTIONS
Service Notice or Precautions (Cont’d)
쐌 The fluid has an odor, is discolored, and there is no evidence of metal or clutch facing particles.
쐌 The threads in one or more of the converter bolt holes are damaged.
쐌 Transaxle failure did not display evidence of damaged or worn internal parts, steel particles or clutch plate GI
lining material in unit and inside the fluid filter.
쐌 Vehicle has been exposed to high mileage (only). The exception may be where the torque converter clutch
dampener plate lining has seen excess wear by vehicles operated in heavy and/or constant traffic, such MA
as taxi, delivery or police use.
ATF COOLER SERVICE NIAT0005S03
EM
Replace ATF cooler if excessive foreign material is found in oil pan or clogging strainer.
Replace radiator lower tank (which includes ATF cooler) with a new one and flush cooler line using cleaning
solvent and compressed air. LC
Refer to LC-18, “Radiator”.
OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSIS NIAT0005S04
EC
쐌 A/T self-diagnosis is performed by the PCM or the TCM in combination with the ECM. The results can be
read through the blinking pattern of the O/D OFF indicator or the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL). Refer
to the table on AT-43 for the indicator used to display each self-diagnostic result. FE
쐌 The self-diagnostic results indicated by the MIL are automatically stored in the PCM or in both the ECM
and TCM memories.
Always perform the procedure “HOW TO ERASE DTC” on AT-40 to complete the repair and avoid
CL
unnecessary blinking of the MIL.
쐌 The following self-diagnostic items can be detected using ECM/PCM self-diagnostic results mode* only MT
when the O/D OFF indicator lamp does not indicate any malfunctions.
− PNP switch
− A/T 1st, 2nd, 3rd, or 4th gear function
− A/T TCC S/V function (lock-up).
*: For details of OBD-II, refer to EC-85 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)], EC-758 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model)], AX
EC-1426 (SR20DE), “ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION”.
쐌 Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-
locking type harness connector. SU
For description and how to disconnect, refer to EL-5, “HARNESS CONNECTOR”.
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis NIAT0006 BR
When you read wiring diagrams, refer to the following:
쐌 GI-11, “HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAMS”.
쐌 EL-9, “POWER SUPPLY ROUTING”. ST
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:
쐌 GI-36, “How to Follow Test Group in Trouble Diagnosis”. RS
쐌 GI-25, “HOW TO PERFORM EFFICIENT DIAGNOSIS FOR AN ELECTRICAL INCIDENT”.
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-11
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.) Description
Tool name
NT105
NT417
NT423
AT-12
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools (Cont’d)
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.) Description
Tool name GI
KV32101000 Installing throttle lever and manual shaft retaining
(J25689-A) pins MA
Pin punch a: 4 mm (0.16 in) dia.
EM
NT410
EC
NT410
NT414 BR
ST27180001 쐌 Removing idler gear
(J25726-B) a: 100 mm (3.94 in)
Puller b: 110 mm (4.33 in) ST
c: M8 x 1.25P
RS
NT424 BT
ST30031000 Removing reduction gear bearing inner race
(J22912-O1) a: 90 mm (3.54 in) dia.
Puller b: 50 mm (1.97 in) dia. HA
SC
NT411
NT426
AT-13
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools (Cont’d)
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.) Description
Tool name
NT427
NT073
NT073
NT115
NT115
NT087
NT077
AT-14
PREPARATION
Commercial Service Tools (Cont’d)
MA
NT109
LC
NT115
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-15
OVERALL SYSTEM
A/T Electrical Parts Location
WAT135
AT-16
OVERALL SYSTEM
Circuit Diagram — QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) & SR20DE
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
WAT112
AT-17
OVERALL SYSTEM
Circuit Diagram — QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)
WAT091
AT-18
OVERALL SYSTEM
Cross-sectional View — RE4F03B
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT842J
AT-19
OVERALL SYSTEM
Hydraulic Control Circuit
SAT844J
AT-20
OVERALL SYSTEM
Shift Mechanism
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
SAT998I
MT
1. Torque converter 9. Front internal gear 17. Overrun clutch
2. Oil pump 10. Front planetary carrier 18. Low one-way clutch
3. Input shaft 11. Rear sun gear 19. Low & reverse brake
4. Brake band 12. Rear pinion gear 20. Parking pawl
5. Reverse clutch 13. Rear internal gear 21. Parking gear AX
6. High clutch 14. Rear planetary carrier 22. Output shaft
7. Front sun gear 15. Forward clutch 23. Idle gear
8. Front pinion gear 16. Forward one-way clutch 24. Output gear SU
15 Forward clutch F/C To connect front planetary carrier 10 with forward one-way clutch 16.
RS
17 Overrun clutch O/C To connect front planetary carrier 10 with rear internal gear 13.
BT
4 Brake band B/B To lock front sun gear 7.
16 Forward one-way clutch F/O.C When forward clutch 15 is engaged, to stop rear internal gear 13 from rotat-
ing in opposite direction against engine revolution. HA
18 Low one-way clutch L/O.C To stop front planetary carrier 10 from rotating in opposite direction against
engine revolution. SC
19 Low & reverse brake L & R/B To lock front planetary carrier 10.
EL
IDX
AT-21
OVERALL SYSTEM
Shift Mechanism (Cont’d)
PARK
P
POSITION
REVERSE
R 쎻 쎻
POSITION
NEUTRAL
N
POSITION
1st 쎻 *1D B B
Automatic
2nd 쎻 *1A 쎻 B shift
D*4
3rd 쎻 쎻 *1A *2C C B *5쎻 1k2k3
k4
4th 쎻 C *3C C 쎻 쎻
1st 쎻 D B B Automatic
2 shift
2nd 쎻 A 쎻 B 1k2
Locks (held
1st 쎻 쎻 B 쎻
stationary)
1 in 1st
speed
2nd 쎻 쎻 쎻 B
1g2
AT-22
OVERALL SYSTEM
Shift Mechanism (Cont’d)
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT991I
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-23
OVERALL SYSTEM
Shift Mechanism (Cont’d)
쐌 Forward clutch As overrun clutch engages, rear internal gear is locked by the operation of low and
쐌 Forward one-way clutch reverse brake.
쐌 Overrun clutch This is different from that of D1 and 21.
쐌 Low and reverse brake
Engine brake Overrun clutch always engages, therefore engine brake can be obtained when
decelerating.
SAT374J
AT-24
OVERALL SYSTEM
Shift Mechanism (Cont’d)
쐌 Forward one-way clutch Rear internal gear is locked to rotate counterclockwise because of the functioning of GI
쐌 Forward clutch these three clutches.
쐌 Low one-way clutch
D1: Overdrive control switch “OFF” and throttle opening is less than 3/16 MA
Overrun clutch
21: Always engaged
engagement conditions
At D1 and 21 positions, engine brake is not activated due to free turning of low one-
(Engine brake)
way clutch. EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
SAT377J
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-25
OVERALL SYSTEM
Shift Mechanism (Cont’d)
쐌 Forward clutch Rear sun gear drives rear planetary carrier and combined front internal gear. Front internal gear now
쐌 Forward one-way rotates around front sun gear accompanying front planetary carrier.
clutch As front planetary carrier transfers the power to rear internal gear through forward clutch and forward
쐌 Brake band one-way clutch, this rotation of rear internal gear increases the speed of rear planetary carrier com-
pared with that of the 1st speed.
Overrun clutch D2: Overdrive control switch “OFF” and throttle opening is less than 3/16
engagement conditions 22 and 12: Always engaged
SAT378J
AT-26
OVERALL SYSTEM
Shift Mechanism (Cont’d)
쐌 High clutch Input power is transmitted to front planetary carrier through high clutch. And front planetary carrier is GI
쐌 Forward clutch connected to rear internal gear by operation of forward clutch and forward one-way clutch.
쐌 Forward one-way This rear internal gear rotation and another input (the rear sun gear) accompany rear planetary carrier
clutch to turn at the same speed.
MA
Overrun clutch D3: Overdrive control switch “OFF” and throttle opening is less than 3/16
engagement conditions
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
SAT379J
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-27
OVERALL SYSTEM
Shift Mechanism (Cont’d)
쐌 High clutch Input power is transmitted to front carrier through high clutch.
쐌 Brake band This front carrier turns around the sun gear which is fixed by brake band and makes
쐌 Forward clutch (Does not affect power front internal gear (output) turn faster.
transmission)
At D4 position, there is no one-way clutch in the power transmission line and engine
Engine brake
brake can be obtained when decelerating.
SAT380J
AT-28
OVERALL SYSTEM
Shift Mechanism (Cont’d)
쐌 Reverse clutch Front planetary carrier is stationary because of the operation of low and reverse GI
쐌 Low and reverse brake brake.
Input power is transmitted to front sun gear through reverse clutch, which drives front
internal gear in the opposite direction.
MA
As there is no one-way clutch in the power transmission line, engine brake can be
Engine brake
obtained when decelerating.
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
SAT381J
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-29
OVERALL SYSTEM
Control System
PNP switch
Throttle position sensor Shift control
Closed throttle position switch Line pressure control
Shift solenoid valve A
Wide open throttle position Lock-up control
Shift solenoid valve B
switch Overrun clutch control
Engine speed signal 왘 Timing control 왘 Overrun clutch solenoid valve
Torque converter clutch solenoid
A/T fluid temperature sensor Fail-safe control
valve
Revolution sensor Self-diagnosis
Line pressure solenoid valve
Vehicle speed sensor CONSULT-II communication line
O/D OFF indicator lamp
Overdrive control switch control
ASCD control unit Duet-EA control
Stop lamp switch
WAT145
AT-30
OVERALL SYSTEM
Control System (Cont’d)
PNP switch Detects select lever position and sends a signal to TCM/PCM. LC
Throttle position sensor Detects throttle valve position and sends a signal to TCM/PCM.
Detects a throttle valve position of greater than 1/2 of full throttle and sends
Wide open throttle position switch
a signal to TCM/PCM. FE
Engine speed signal From ECM or Tachometer (PCM).
A/T fluid temperature sensor Detects transmission fluid temperature and sends a signal to TCM/PCM.
CL
Input
Revolution sensor Detects output shaft rpm and sends a signal to TCM/PCM.
Sends the cruise signal and “D4” (overdrive) cancellation signal from ASCD
ASCD control unit
control unit to TCM/PCM.
AX
Stop lamp switch Releases lock-up system when depressing pedal in lock-up condition.
SU
Selects shifting point suited to driving conditions in relation to a signal sent
Shift solenoid valve A/B
from TCM/PCM.
Output Torque converter clutch solenoid Regulates (or decreases) lock-up pressure suited to driving conditions in ST
valve relation to a signal sent from TCM/PCM.
O/D OFF indicator lamp Shows TCM/PCM faults, when A/T control components malfunction.
BT
HA
AT-31
OVERALL SYSTEM
Control Mechanism (Cont’d)
Normal Control NIAT0016S0101
The line pressure to throttle opening characteristics is set for suit-
able clutch operation.
SAT003J
SAT004J
SAT005J
SAT006J
AT-32
OVERALL SYSTEM
Control Mechanism (Cont’d)
쐌 Line pressure is increased to a maximum irrespective of the
throttle opening when fluid temperature drops to −10°C (14°F).
This pressure rise is adopted to prevent a delay in clutch and GI
brake operation due to extreme drop of fluid viscosity at low
temperature.
MA
EM
SAT007J LC
SHIFT CONTROL NIAT0016S02
The shift is regulated entirely by electronic control to accommodate EC
vehicle speed and varying engine operations. This is accomplished
by electrical signals transmitted by the revolution sensor and
throttle position sensor. This results in improved acceleration per- FE
formance and fuel economy.
CL
MT
Control of Shift Solenoid Valves A and B NIAT0016S0201
The TCM/PCM activates shift solenoid valves A and B according
to signals from the throttle position sensor and revolution sensor to
select the optimum gear position on the basis of the shift schedule
memorized in the TCM/PCM. AX
The shift solenoid valve performs simple ON-OFF operation. When
set to “ON”, the drain circuit closes and pilot pressure is applied to
the shift valve. SU
BR
WAT146
Gear position
Shift solenoid valve RS
D1, 21, 11 D2, 22, 12 D3 D4 (OD) N-P
SC
EL
IDX
WAT147
AT-33
OVERALL SYSTEM
Control Mechanism (Cont’d)
Pilot pressure generated by the operation of shift solenoid valves
A and B is applied to the end face of shift valves A and B.
The drawing above shows the operation of shift valve B. When the
shift solenoid valve is “ON”, pilot pressure applied to the end face
of the shift valve overcomes spring force, moving the valve upward.
LOCK-UP CONTROL NIAT0016S03
The torque converter clutch piston in the torque converter is locked
to eliminate torque converter slip to increase power transmission
efficiency. The solenoid valve is controlled by an ON-OFF duty
signal sent from the TCM/PCM. The signal is converted to an oil
pressure signal which controls the torque converter clutch piston.
Conditions for Lock-up Operation NIAT0016S0301
When vehicle is driven in 4th gear position, vehicle speed and
throttle opening are detected. If the detected values fall within the
lock-up zone memorized in the TCM/PCM, lock-up is performed.
Overdrive control switch ON OFF
Gear position D4 D3
WAT148
OFF-time INCREASING
"
Amount of drain DECREASING
"
Pilot pressure HIGH
"
Lock-up RELEASING
SAT011J
AT-34
OVERALL SYSTEM
Control Mechanism (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
WAT149
Lock-up released EC
The OFF-duration of the torque converter clutch solenoid valve is
long, and pilot pressure is high. The pilot pressure pushes the end
face of the torque converter clutch control valve in combination with FE
spring force to move the valve to the left. As a result, converter
pressure is applied to chamber A (torque converter clutch piston
release side). Accordingly, the torque converter clutch piston CL
remains unlocked.
Lock-up applied
When the OFF-duration of the torque converter clutch solenoid MT
valve is short, pilot pressure drains and becomes low. Accordingly,
the control valve moves to the right by the pilot pressure of the
other circuit and converter pressure. As a result, converter pres-
sure is applied to chamber B, keeping the torque converter clutch
piston applied.
Also smooth lock-up is provided by transient application and AX
release of the lock-up.
OVERRUN CLUTCH CONTROL (ENGINE BRAKE SU
CONTROL) NIAT0016S04
Forward one-way clutch is used to reduce shifting shocks in down-
shifting operations. This clutch transmits engine torque to the BR
wheels. However, drive force from the wheels is not transmitted to
the engine because the one-way clutch rotates idle. This means the
engine brake is not effective. ST
The overrun clutch operates when the engine brake is needed.
Overrun Clutch Operating Conditions NIAT0016S0401
RS
Selector lever position Gear position Throttle opening
SC
EL
IDX
SAT014J
AT-35
OVERALL SYSTEM
Control Mechanism (Cont’d)
Overrun Clutch Solenoid Valve Control NIAT0016S0402
The overrun clutch solenoid valve is operated by an ON-OFF sig-
nal transmitted by the TCM/PCM to provide overrun clutch control
(engine brake control).
When this solenoid valve is “ON”, the pilot pressure drain port
closes. When it is “OFF”, the drain port opens.
During the solenoid valve “ON” pilot pressure is applied to the end
face of the overrun clutch control valve.
WAT150
WAT151
Pressure regulator valve, plug and Regulates oil discharged from the oil pump to provide optimum line pressure for all driving
sleeve conditions.
Pressure modifier valve and Used as a signal supplementary valve to the pressure regulator valve. Regulates pressure-
sleeve modifier pressure (signal pressure) which controls optimum line pressure for all driving condi-
tions.
Pilot valve Regulates line pressure to maintain a constant pilot pressure level which controls lock-up
mechanism, overrun clutch, shift timing.
Accumulator control valve Regulates accumulator backpressure to pressure suited to driving conditions.
Manual valve Directs line pressure to oil circuits corresponding to select positions.
Hydraulic pressure drains when the shift lever is in Neutral.
Shift valve A Simultaneously switches four oil circuits using output pressure of shift solenoid valve A to
meet driving conditions (vehicle speed, throttle opening, etc.).
Provides automatic downshifting and up-shifting (1st , 2nd , 3rd , 4th gears/4th , 3rd ,
2nd , 1st gears) in combination with shift valve B.
AT-36
OVERALL SYSTEM
Control Valve (Cont’d)
Shift valve B Simultaneously switches three oil circuits using output pressure of shift solenoid valve B in GI
relation to driving conditions (vehicle speed, throttle opening, etc.).
Provides automatic downshifting and up-shifting (1st , 2nd , 3rd , 4th gears/4th , 3rd ,
2nd , 1st gears) in combination with shift valve A. MA
Overrun clutch control valve Switches hydraulic circuits to prevent engagement of the overrun clutch simultaneously with
application of the brake band in D4. (Interlocking occurs if the overrun clutch engages during
D4.) EM
1st reducing valve Reduces low & reverse brake pressure to dampen engine-brake shock when down-shifting
from the “1” position 12 to 11. LC
Overrun clutch reducing valve Reduces oil pressure directed to the overrun clutch and prevents engine-brake shock.
In “1” and “2” positions, line pressure acts on the overrun clutch reducing valve to increase
the pressure-regulating point, with resultant engine brake capability. EC
Torque converter relief valve Prevents an excessive rise in torque converter pressure.
1-2 accumulator valve and piston Dampens the shock encountered when 2nd gear band servo contracts, and provides smooth CL
shifting.
3-2 timing valve Switches oil pressure with 3-2 timing valve according to throttle opening.
MT
Shuttle control valve Reduces shock when down-shifting from 3rd to 2nd and regulates overrun clutch.
Cooler check valve Regulates oil pressure which causes lock-up when driving at low speeds.
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-37
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Introduction
Introduction NIAT0018
The A/T system has two self-diagnostic systems.
The first is the emission-related on board diagnostic system (OBD-II) performed by the PCM or the TCM in
combination with the ECM. The malfunction is indicated by the MIL (malfunction indicator lamp) and is stored
as a DTC in the PCM or in the ECM memory but not the TCM memory.
The second is the TCM/PCM original self-diagnosis indicated by the O/D OFF indicator lamp. The malfunc-
tion is stored in the TCM/PCM memory. The detected items are overlapped with OBD-II self-diagnostic items.
For detail, refer to AT-43.
OBD-II Function for A/T System NIAT0019
The ECM/PCM provides emission-related on board diagnostic (OBD-II) functions for the A/T system. One
function is to receive a signal from the TCM/PCM used with OBD-related parts of the A/T system. The signal
is sent to the ECM/PCM when a malfunction occurs in the corresponding OBD-related part. The other func-
tion is to indicate a diagnostic result by means of the MIL (malfunction indicator lamp) on the instrument panel.
Sensors, switches and solenoid valves are used as sensing elements.
The MIL automatically illuminates in One or Two Trip Detection Logic when a malfunction is sensed in rela-
tion to A/T system parts.
One or Two Trip Detection Logic of OBD-II NIAT0020
ONE TRIP DETECTION LOGIC NIAT0020S01
If a malfunction is sensed during the first test drive, the MIL will illuminate and the malfunction will be stored
in the ECM/PCM memory as a DTC. The TCM is not provided with such a memory function.
TWO TRIP DETECTION LOGIC NIAT0020S02
When a malfunction is sensed during the first test drive, it is stored in the ECM/PCM memory as a 1st trip
DTC (diagnostic trouble code) or 1st trip freeze frame data. At this point, the MIL will not illuminate. — First
Trip
If the same malfunction as that experienced during the first test drive is sensed during the second test drive,
the MIL will illuminate. — Second Trip
A/T-related parts for which the MIL illuminates during the first or second test drive are listed below.
MIL
Items
One trip detection Two trip detection
Except above X
The “trip” in the “One or Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation.
OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) NIAT0021
HOW TO READ DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC NIAT0021S01
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
( with CONSULT-II or GST) CONSULT-II or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0705, P0710, P0720,
P0725, etc.
These DTCs are prescribed by SAE J2012.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
쐌 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
쐌 Output of the diagnostic trouble code indicates that the indicated circuit has a malfunction.
However, in case of the Mode II and GST they do not indicate whether the malfunction is still
occurring or occurred in the past and returned to normal.
CONSULT-II can identify them as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if available) is rec-
ommended.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC is shown in the following page. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunc-
tion is displayed in SELF DIAGNOSIS mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many
times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
AT-38
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
SAT014K LC
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be “0”.
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT015K
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM, the time data will be “1t”.
AX
SU
BR
ST
SAT016K
RS
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data NIAT0021S0101
The ECM/PCM has a memory function, which stores the driving condition such as fuel system status, calcu-
lated load value, engine coolant temperature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed and vehicle
BT
speed at the moment the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction.
Data which are stored in the ECM/PCM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame
data, and the data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CON-
HA
SULT-II or GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, not on the
GST. For detail, refer to EC-107 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CAModel)], EC-779 [QG18DE (Calif. CAModel)], EC-1447 SC
(SR20DE), “CONSULT-II”.
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data of freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM/PCM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM/PCM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There EL
is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected.
However, once freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM/PCM memory, 1st trip freeze
frame data is no longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM/PCM. IDX
The ECM/PCM has the following priorities to update the data.
AT-39
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) (Cont’d)
Priority Items
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM/PCM
memory is erased.
HOW TO ERASE DTC NIAT0021S02
The diagnostic trouble code can be erased by CONSULT-II, GST or ECM/PCM DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
as described following.
쐌 If the battery terminal is disconnected, the diagnostic trouble code will be lost within 24 hours.
쐌 When you erase the DTC, using CONSULT-II, GST or PCM is easier and quicker than switching the
mode selector on the ECM/PCM.
The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared from the ECM/PCM memory when erasing
DTC related to OBD-II. For details, refer to EC-86 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)], EC-759 [QG18DE (Calif.
CA Model)], EC-1427 (SR20DE), “Emission-related Diagnostic Information”.
쐌 Diagnostic trouble codes (DTC)
쐌 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes (1st trip DTC)
쐌 Freeze frame data
쐌 1st trip freeze frame data
쐌 System readiness test (SRT) codes
쐌 Test values
HOW TO ERASE DTC (WITH CONSULT-II) NIAT0021S03
쐌 If a DTC is displayed for both ECM and TCM or PCM, it needs to be erased for both ECM and TCM
or PCM.
1. If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once. Wait at least
5 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again.
2. Turn CONSULT-II “ON” and touch “A/T”.
3. Touch “SELF DIAGNOSIS”.
4. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the TCM will be erased.) Then touch “BACK” twice.
5. Touch “ENGINE”.
6. Touch “SELF DIAGNOSIS”.
7. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
AT-40
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SAT017K
SU
SC
EL
IDX
AT-41
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
CONSULT-II NIAT0023
After performing “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITH CON-
SULT-II)” (AT-43), place check marks for results on the “DIAGNOS-
TIC WORKSHEET”, AT-61. Reference pages are provided follow-
ing the items.
NOTICE:
1) The CONSULT-II electrically displays shift timing and lock-up
timing (that is, operation timing of each solenoid).
Check for time difference between actual shift timing and the
CONSULT-II display. If the difference is noticeable, mechani-
cal parts (except solenoids, sensors, etc.) may be malfunction-
ing. Check mechanical parts using applicable diagnostic pro-
cedures.
2) Shift schedule (which implies gear position) displayed on
CONSULT-II and that indicated in Service Manual may differ
slightly. This occurs because of the following reasons:
쐌 Actual shift schedule has more or less tolerance or allowance,
쐌 Shift schedule indicated in Service Manual refers to the point
where shifts start, and
쐌 Gear position displayed on CONSULT-II indicates the point
where shifts are completed.
3) Shift solenoid valve “A” or “B” is displayed on CONSULT-II at
the start of shifting. Gear position is displayed upon completion
of shifting (which is computed by TCM/PCM).
4) Additional CONSULT-II information can be found in the Opera-
tion Manual supplied with the CONSULT-II unit.
AT-42
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITH CONSULT-II)
NIAT0023S01
1. Turn on CONSULT-II and touch “ENGINE” for OBD-II detected
items or touch “A/T” for TCM/PCM self-diagnosis. GI
If A/T is not displayed, check TCM/PCM power supply and
ground circuit. Refer to AT-108 (QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and
SR20DE models) or AT-268 (QG18DE (Except Calif. CA MA
Model). If result is NG, refer to “POWER SUPPLY ROUTING”,
EL-9.
EM
SAT014K LC
2. Touch “SELF DIAG RESULTS”.
Display shows malfunction experienced since the last erasing
operation. EC
CONSULT-II performs “REAL TIME DIAG”.
Also, any malfunction detected while in this mode will be dis-
played at real time. FE
CL
SAT584J
MT
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT TEST MODE NIAT0023S02
TCM/PCM self-diagno-
OBD-II (DTC)
Detected items sis
(Screen terms for CONSULT-II, “SELF AX
DIAGNOSIS” test mode)
Malfunction is detected when ... Available by
Available by
O/D OFF
malfunction SU
indicator lamp*2,
“A/T” “ENGINE” indicator lamp or
“ENGINE” on CON-
“A/T” on CONSULT-II
SULT-II or GST BR
PNP switch circuit 쐌 TCM/PCM does not receive the
correct voltage signal (based on — P0705
— PNP SW/CIRC the gear position) from the switch. ST
Revolution sensor 쐌 TCM/PCM does not receive the
AT-43
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
TCM/PCM self-diagno-
OBD-II (DTC)
Detected items sis
(Screen terms for CONSULT-II, “SELF
DIAGNOSIS” test mode)
Malfunction is detected when ... Available by
Available by
malfunction
O/D OFF
indicator lamp*2,
“A/T” “ENGINE” indicator lamp or
“ENGINE” on CON-
“A/T” on CONSULT-II
SULT-II or GST
A/T TCC S/V function (lock-up) 쐌 A/T cannot perform lock-up even
if electrical circuit is good. — P0744*1
A/T TCC S/V
—
FNCTN
AT-44
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
TCM/PCM self-diagno-
OBD-II (DTC)
Detected items sis
(Screen terms for CONSULT-II, “SELF
GI
DIAGNOSIS” test mode)
Malfunction is detected when ... Available by
Available by MA
malfunction
O/D OFF
indicator lamp*2,
“A/T” “ENGINE” indicator lamp or
“ENGINE” on CON-
“A/T” on CONSULT-II
SULT-II or GST
EM
TCM/PCM (EEP ROM) 쐌 TCM/PCM memory (EEP ROM) is
malfunctioning. — — LC
CONT UNIT (EEP
—
ROM)
Monitor item
Item Display Description Remarks SU
ECU input Main sig-
signals nals
Vehicle speed sensor 1 VHCL/S SE·A/T 쐌 Vehicle speed computed When racing engine in “N” BR
(A/T) [km/h] or [mph] from signal of revolution or “P” position with vehicle
(Revolution sensor) X — sensor is displayed. stationary, CONSULT-II
data may not indicate 0 ST
km/h (0 mph).
Vehicle speed sensor 2 VHCL/S SE·MTR 쐌 Vehicle speed computed Vehicle speed display may
(Meter) [km/h] or [mph] from signal of vehicle not be accurate under
RS
speed sensor is dis- approx. 10 km/h (6 mph).
X —
played. It may not indicate 0 km/h
(0 mph) when vehicle is BT
stationary.
AT-45
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
Monitor item
Item Display ECU input Main sig- Description Remarks
signals nals
Engine speed ENGINE SPEED 쐌 Engine speed, com- Engine speed display may
[rpm] puted from engine not be accurate under
speed signal, is dis- approx. 800 rpm. It may
X X
played. not indicate 0 rpm even
when engine is not run-
ning.
ASCD cruise signal ASCD·CRUISE 쐌 Status of ASCD cruise 쐌 This is displayed even
[ON/OFF] signal is displayed. when no ASCD is
X — ON ... Cruising state mounted.
OFF ... Normal running
state
ASCD OD cut signal ASCD·OD CUT 쐌 Status of ASCD OD 쐌 This is displayed even
[ON/OFF] release signal is dis- when no ASCD is
X — played. mounted.
ON ... OD released
OFF ... OD not released
AT-46
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
Monitor item
Item Display Description Remarks
ECU input Main sig- GI
signals nals
Selector lever position SLCT LVR POSI 쐌 Selector lever position 쐌 A specific value used for
data, used for computa- control is displayed if MA
— X
tion by TCM/PCM, is fail-safe is activated due
displayed. to error.
EM
Vehicle speed VEHICLE SPEED 쐌 Vehicle speed data,
[km/h] or [mph] — X used for computation by
TCM/PCM, is displayed. LC
Stop lamp switch BRAKE SW 쐌 ON/OFF status are dis-
[ON/OFF] played.
X —
ON: Brake pedal is EC
depressed.
OFF: Brake pedal is
released. FE
Throttle position THROTTLE POSI 쐌 Throttle position data, 쐌 A specific value used for
[/8] used for computation by control is displayed if
— X
TCM/PCM, is displayed. fail-safe is activated due CL
to error.
Shift solenoid valve A SHIFT S/V A 쐌 Control value of shift Control value of solenoid
[ON/OFF] solenoid valve A, com- is displayed even if sole- BR
— X puted by TCM/PCM noid circuit is discon-
from each input signal, nected.
is displayed. The “OFF” signal is dis- ST
played if solenoid circuit is
Shift solenoid valve B SHIFT S/V B 쐌 Control value of shift shorted.
[ON/OFF] solenoid valve B, com-
— X puted by TCM/PCM
RS
from each input signal,
is displayed.
BT
Overrun clutch solenoid OVERRUN/C S/V 쐌 Control value of overrun
valve [ON/OFF] clutch solenoid valve
— X computed by TCM/PCM HA
from each input signal is
displayed.
AT-47
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
DTC WORK SUPPORT MODE WITH CONSULT-II NIAT0023S04
CONSULT-II Setting Procedure NIAT0023S0401
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Connect CONSULT-II to Data link connector which is located
in left side lower dash panel.
LAT136
SAT586J
5. Touch “A/T”.
SAT014K
SAT587J
SAT018K
AT-48
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
8. Touch “START”.
GI
MA
EM
SAT589J LC
9. Perform driving test according to “DTC CONFIRMATION PRO-
CEDURE” in “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.
EC
FE
CL
SAT590JA
MT
쐌 When testing conditions are satisfied, CONSULT-II screen
changes from “OUT OF CONDITION” to “TESTING”.
AX
SU
BR
SAT591J
RS
BT
HA
SAT592J
SC
EL
IDX
SAT593J
AT-49
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
11. Perform test drive to check gear shift feeling in accordance
with instructions displayed.
SAT594J
SAT595J
SAT596J
SAT593J
Following items for “A/T 1st gear function (P0731)” can be con-
쐌 Shift solenoid valve A
firmed.
쐌 Shift solenoid valve B
1ST GR FNCTN P0731 쐌 Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being con-
쐌 Each clutch
ducted or not)
쐌 Hydraulic control circuit
쐌 Self-diagnosis result (OK or NG)
AT-50
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
Following items for “A/T 2nd gear function (P0732)” can be con- GI
firmed. 쐌 Shift solenoid valve B
2ND GR FNCTN P0732 쐌 Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being con- 쐌 Each clutch
ducted or not) 쐌 Hydraulic control circuit MA
쐌 Self-diagnosis result (OK or NG)
Following items for “A/T 3rd gear function (P0733)” can be con-
firmed. 쐌 Shift solenoid valve A EM
3RD GR FNCTN P0733 쐌 Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being con- 쐌 Each clutch
ducted or not) 쐌 Hydraulic control circuit
쐌 Self-diagnosis result (OK or NG) LC
쐌 Shift solenoid valve A
Following items for “A/T 4th gear function (P0734)” can be con-
쐌 Shift solenoid valve B
firmed.
쐌 Overrun clutch solenoid valve
EC
4TH GR FNCTN P0734 쐌 Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being con-
쐌 Line pressure solenoid valve
ducted or not)
쐌 Each clutch
쐌 Self-diagnosis result (OK or NG) FE
쐌 Hydraulic control circuit
SU
BR
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-51
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
TCM/PCM Self-diagnostic Procedure (No Tools)NIAT0023S0603
Preparation
1. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
2. Connect the handy type vacuum pump to the throttle opener
and apply vacuum −25.3 kPa (−190 mmHg, −7.48 inHg).
3. Disconnect the throttle position switch harness connector.
4. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position.
5. Check continuity of the closed throttle position switch.
Continuity should exist.
SAT491J (If continuity does not exist, check throttle opener and
closed throttle position switch. Then increase vacuum
until closed throttle position switch shows continuity.)
6. Go to test group 1, “CHECK O/D OFF INDICATOR LAMP”,
AT-53.
LAT153
AT-52
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
EM
LC
EC
FE
SAT967I
4. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position.
(Do not start engine.) CL
5. Does O/D OFF indicator lamp come on for about 2 seconds?
MT
AX
SU
LAT154
Yes or No
BR
Yes 䊳 GO TO 2.
No 䊳 Go to “1. O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On”, AT-221 [QG18DE (Calif. CA
Model) and SR20DE], AT-380 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)]. ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-53
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
SAT968I
7. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position.
(Do not start engine.)
8. Release the overdrive control switch (the O/D OFF indicator lamp will be “OFF”).
9. Wait 2 seconds.
10. Move A/T selector lever to “2” position.
11. Depress and release the overdrive control switch (the O/D OFF indicator lamp will be “ON”).
12. Depress and hold the overdrive control switch (the O/D OFF indicator lamp will be “OFF”) until directed to release the
switch.
SAT969I
䊳 GO TO 3.
AT-54
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
LC
EC
FE
SAT970I
6. Depress accelerator pedal fully and release. CL
MT
AX
SAT981F SU
7. Release the overdrive control switch (the O/D OFF indicator lamp will begin to flash “ON” and “OFF”).
䊳 GO TO 4.
BR
4 CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE
Check O/D OFF indicator lamp. Refer to “Judgement of Self-diagnosis Code”, AT-56.
ST
RS
BT
HA
LAT154
SC
䊳 DIAGNOSIS END
EL
IDX
AT-55
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
All judgement flickers are the same. 1st judgement flicker is longer than others.
SAT437F
SAT436F Revolution sensor circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
All circuits that can be confirmed by self-diagnosis are OK. ⇒ Go to VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION
SENSOR), AT-126 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE],
AT-286 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
2nd judgement flicker is longer than others. 3rd judgement flicker is longer than others.
SAT439F SAT441F
Vehicle speed sensor circuit is short-circuited or disconnected. Throttle position sensor circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
⇒ Go to VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR, AT-210 [QG18DE ⇒ Go to THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR, AT-191 [QG18DE
(Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-369 [QG18DE (Except (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-351 [QG18DE (Except
Calif. CA Model)]. Calif. CA Model)].
4th judgement flicker is longer than others. 5th judgement flicker is longer than others.
SAT445F
Shift solenoid valve B circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
SAT443F ⇒ Go to SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B, AT-187 [QG18DE
Shift solenoid valve A circuit is short-circuited or disconnected. (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-347 [QG18DE (Except
⇒ Go to SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A, AT-183 [QG18DE Calif. CA Model)].
(Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-343 [QG18DE (Except
Calif. CA Model)].
AT-56
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
6th judgement flicker is longer than others. 7th judgement flicker is longer than others. GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT447F SAT449F
Overrun clutch solenoid valve circuit is short-circuited or discon- Torque converter clutch solenoid valve circuit is short-circuited
nected. or disconnected. EC
⇒ Go to OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE, AT-199 ⇒ Go to TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID
[QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-359 [QG18DE VALVE, AT-163 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE],
(Except Calif. CA Model)]. AT-323 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)]. FE
8th judgement flicker is longer than others. 9th judgement flicker is longer than others.
CL
MT
SAT453F
AX
Engine speed signal circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
SAT451F
⇒ Go to ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL, AT-131 [QG18DE (Calif.
A/T fluid temperature sensor is disconnected or TCM/PCM CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-291 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA SU
power source circuit is damaged. Model)].
⇒ Go to DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP
SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM POWER SOURCE), AT-203
[QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE] or DTC BATT/
BR
FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND
PCM POWER SOURCE), AT-363 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA
Model)]. ST
10th judgement flicker is longer than others. Flickers as shown below.
RS
BT
HA
SAT457F
SC
SAT455F Battery power is low.
Line pressure solenoid valve circuit is short-circuited or discon- Battery has been disconnected for a long time.
nected. Battery is connected conversely. EL
⇒ Go to LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE, AT-178 (When reconnecting TCM/PCM connectors. — This is not a
[QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-338 [QG18DE problem.)
(Except Calif. CA Model)]. IDX
AT-57
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
SAT367J
PNP switch, overdrive control switch or throttle position switch
circuit is disconnected or TCM/PCM is damaged.
⇒ Go to 21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP,
Overdrive Control and Throttle Position Switches Circuit
Checks), AT-259 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE] or
21. PCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP, Overdrive
Control and Throttle Position Switches Circuit Checks),
AT-418 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
AT-58
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
Introduction
Introduction NIAT0024
The TCM/PCM receives a signal from the vehicle speed sensor,
throttle position sensor or PNP switch and provides shift control or GI
lock-up control via A/T solenoid valves.
The TCM also communicates with the ECM [QG18DE (Calif. CA
Model) and SR20DE] by means of a signal sent from sensing ele- MA
ments used with the OBD-related parts of the A/T system for mal-
function-diagnostic purposes. The TCM is capable of diagnosing
malfunctioning parts while the ECM can store malfunctions in its EM
memory.
Input and output signals must always be correct and stable in the
WAT155
operation of the A/T system. The A/T system must be in good LC
operating condition and be free of valve seizure, solenoid valve
malfunction, etc.
It is much more difficult to diagnose a problem that occurs intermit-
EC
tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent problems are
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this
case, careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the
FE
replacement of good parts.
A visual check only, may not find the cause of the problems. A road CL
test with CONSULT-II (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should
be performed. Follow the “Work Flow”. Refer to AT-65.
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with MT
SAT632I
a customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus-
tomer can supply good information about such problems, espe-
cially intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and
under what conditions they occur. A “Diagnostic Worksheet” like the
example (AT-61) should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for “conventional” problems first. AX
This will help troubleshoot driveability problems on an electronically
controlled engine vehicle.
Also check related Service bulletins for information. SU
BR
SEF234G
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-59
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
Introduction (Cont’d)
쏔 Lockup malfunction
쏔 Noise or vibration
쏔 No kickdown
쏔 No pattern select
쏔 Others
( )
AT-60
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
Introduction (Cont’d)
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-61
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
Introduction (Cont’d)
쏔 PNP switch, AT-115 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-275 [QG18DE (Except
Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 A/T fluid temperature sensor, AT-120 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-280
[QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution sensor), AT-126 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and
SR20DE], AT-286 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 Engine speed signal, AT-131 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-291 [QG18DE
(Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 Torque converter clutch solenoid valve, AT-163 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE],
AT-323 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 Line pressure solenoid valve, AT-178 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-338
[QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 Shift solenoid valve A, AT-183 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-343 [QG18DE
(Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 Shift solenoid valve B, AT-187 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-347 [QG18DE
(Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 Throttle position sensor, AT-191 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-351 [QG18DE
(Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 Overrun clutch solenoid valve, AT-199 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-359
[QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 PNP, overdrive control and throttle position switches, AT-259 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and
SR20DE], AT-418 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 A/T fluid temperature sensor and TCM/PCM power source, AT-203 [QG18DE (Calif. CA
Model) and SR20DE], AT-363 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 Vehicle speed sensor·MTR, AT-210 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-369
[QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 Control unit (RAM), control unit (ROM), AT-214 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE],
AT-373 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 Control unit (EEP ROM), AT-216 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-375 [QG18DE
(Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 Battery
쏔 Others
쏔 1. O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On, AT-221 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE],
AT-380 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 2. Engine Cannot Be Started In “P” And “N” Position, AT-224 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and
SR20DE], AT-383 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 3. In “P” Position, Vehicle Moves Forward Or Backward When Pushed, AT-225 [QG18DE (Calif. CA
Model) and SR20DE], AT-384 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 4. In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves, AT-226 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-385
[QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 5. Large Shock. “N” , “R” Position, AT-228 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-387
[QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position, AT-230 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and
SR20DE], AT-389 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position, AT-233 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model)
and SR20DE], AT-392 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
AT-62
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
Introduction (Cont’d)
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-63
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
Introduction (Cont’d)
쏔 PNP switch, AT-115 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-275 [QG18DE (Except
Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 A/T fluid temperature sensor, AT-120 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-280
[QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution sensor), AT-126 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and
SR20DE], AT-286 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 Engine speed signal, AT-131 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-291 [QG18DE
(Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 Torque converter clutch solenoid valve, AT-163 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE],
AT-323 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 Line pressure solenoid valve, AT-178 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-338
[QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 Shift solenoid valve A, AT-183 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-343 [QG18DE
(Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 Shift solenoid valve B, AT-187 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-347 [QG18DE
(Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 Throttle position sensor, AT-191 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-351 [QG18DE
(Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 Overrun clutch solenoid valve, AT-199 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-359
[QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 PNP, overdrive control and throttle position switches, AT-259 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and
SR20DE], AT-418 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 A/T fluid temperature sensor and TCM/PCM power source, AT-203 [QG18DE (Calif. CA
Model) and SR20DE], AT-363 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 Vehicle speed sensor·MTR, AT-210 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-369
[QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 Control unit (RAM), control unit (ROM), AT-214 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE],
AT-373 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 Control unit (EEP ROM), AT-216 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-375 [QG18DE
(Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 Battery
쏔 Others
5. 쏔 For self-diagnosis NG items, inspect each component. Repair or replace the damaged parts. AT-43
7. 쏔 Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for following MIL indicating items and check out NG items. EC section
Refer to EC-86 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)], EC-759 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model)], EC-1427 (SR20DE),
“Emission-related Diagnostic Information”.
쏔 DTC (P0731) A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION, AT-135 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-295
[QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 DTC (P0732) A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION, AT-142 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE],
AT-302 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 DTC (P0733) A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION, AT-148 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE],
AT-308 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 DTC (P0734) A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION, AT-154 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE],
AT-314 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
쏔 DTC (P0744) A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP), AT-163 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and
SR20DE], AT-323 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
AT-64
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
Introduction (Cont’d)
8. 쏔 Perform the Diagnostic Procedures for all remaining items marked NG. Repair or replace the damaged AT-108
parts. [QG18DE
Refer to the Symptom Chart when you perform the procedures. (The chart also shows some other possible (Calif. CA GI
symptoms and the component inspection orders.) Model) and
SR20DE],
AT-268 MA
[QG18DE
(Except Calif.
CA Model)] EM
AT-93
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-65
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
Work Flow (Cont’d)
WORK FLOW CHART — QG18DE (CALIF. CA MODEL) AND SR20DE MODEL NIAT0025S02
WAT300
AT-66
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
Work Flow (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
WAT156
HA
*1: AT-60 *7: AT-42 *13: AT-418
*2: AT-61 *8: AT-38 *14: AT-93
*3: AT-10 *9: AT-56 *15: AT-40
SC
*4: AT-68 *10: AT-275 *16: AT-275
*5: AT-68, 72 *11: AT-375 *17: AT-375
*6: AT-73 *12: AT-377 *18: EC-86 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA
EL
Model)]
IDX
AT-67
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
A/T Fluid Check
SAT767B
SAT288G
SAT638A
FLUID LEVEL CHECK NIAT0026S03
Refer toMA-36, “Checking A/T Fluid”.
SAT647B
AT-68
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Stall Test (Cont’d)
3. Set parking brake and block wheels.
4. Install a tachometer where it can be seen by driver during test.
쐌 It is good practice to mark the point of specified engine GI
rpm on indicator.
MA
EM
SAT513G LC
5. Start engine, apply foot brake, and place selector lever in D
position.
6. Accelerate to wide open throttle gradually while applying foot
EC
brake.
7. Quickly note the engine stall revolution and immediately FE
release throttle.
쐌 During test, never hold throttle wide open for more than 5
seconds. CL
Stall revolution:
QG18DE: 2,350 - 2,800 rpm
SAT514G SR20DE: 2,350 - 2,850 rpm
MT
8. Move selector lever to “N” position.
9. Cool off ATF.
쐌 Run engine at idle for at least one minute.
10. Repeat steps 5 through 9 with selector lever in “2”, “1” and “R”
positions. AX
SU
BR
SAT771B
AT-69
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Stall Test (Cont’d)
MPH). ..... One-way clutch seizure in torque converter housing
CAUTION:
Be careful since automatic fluid temperature increases abnor-
mally.
쐌 Slippage occurs in 3rd and 4th gears in “D” position. ..... High
clutch slippage
쐌 Slippage occurs in 2nd and 4th gear in “D” position. ..... Brake
band slippage
쐌 Engine brake does not function in 2nd and 3rd gears in “D”
position, 2nd gear in “2” position, and 1st gear in “1” position
with overdrive control switch set to “OFF”.
Stall revolution less than specifications:
쐌 Poor acceleration during starts. ..... One-way clutch seizure in
torque converter
AT-70
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Stall Test (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT871HA
AT-71
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Line Pressure Test
SAT561J
SAT647B
AAT898
SAT513G
5. Start engine and measure line pressure at idle and stall speed.
쐌 When measuring line pressure at stall speed, follow the
stall test procedure.
Refer to “Line Pressure”, AT-541.
SAT493G
AT-72
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Line Pressure Test (Cont’d)
SU
BR
SAT496G
AT-73
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Road Test (Cont’d)
SAT967I
3. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position. (Do not start engine.)
5. Does O/D OFF indicator lamp come on for about 2 seconds?
LAT154
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 2.
No 䊳 Stop ROAD TEST. Go to “1. O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On”, AT-221
[QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-380 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
AT-74
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Road Test (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
LAT154 EC
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Perform self-diagnosis and check NG items on the “Diagnostic Worksheet”, AT-61. Refer FE
to “TCM/PCM Self-diagnostic Procedure (No Tools)”, AT-52.
No 䊳 1. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
2. Perform self-diagnosis and note NG items. CL
Refer to “TCM/PCM Self-diagnostic Procedure (No Tools)”, AT-52.
3. Go to “2. CHECK AT IDLE”, AT-76.
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-75
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Road Test (Cont’d)
SAT769B
3. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
4. Turn ignition switch to “START” position.
5. Is engine started?
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 2.
No 䊳 Mark the box on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Go to “2. Engine Cannot Be Started
In “P” and “N” Position”, AT-224 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-383
[QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)]. Continue ROAD TEST.
SAT770B
3. Turn ignition switch to “START” position.
4. Is engine started?
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Mark the box on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Go to “2. Engine Cannot Be Started
In “P” and “N” Position”, AT-224 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-383
[QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)]. Continue ROAD TEST.
No 䊳 GO TO 3.
AT-76
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Road Test (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
SAT768B
2. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
EC
3. Release parking brake.
䊳 GO TO 4. FE
AX
SU
SAT796A
3. Apply parking brake. BR
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Mark the box on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Go to “3. In “P” Position, Vehicle ST
Moves Forward Or Backward When Pushed”, AT-225 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and
SR20DE], AT-384 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)]. Continue ROAD TEST.
No 䊳 GO TO 5. RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-77
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Road Test (Cont’d)
SAT771B
3. Release parking brake.
4. Does vehicle move forward or backward?
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Mark the box on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Go to “4. In “N” Position, Vehicle
Moves”, AT-226 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-385 [QG18DE (Except
Calif. CA Model)]. Continue ROAD TEST.
No 䊳 GO TO 6.
SAT797A
2. Move A/T selector lever to “R” position.
SAT772B
3. Is there large shock when changing from “N” to “R” position?
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Mark the box on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Go to “5. Large Shock “N” , “R”
Position”, AT-228 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-387 [QG18DE (Except
Calif. CA Model)]. Continue ROAD TEST.
No 䊳 GO TO 7.
AT-78
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Road Test (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
SAT799A EC
2. Does vehicle creep backward when foot brake is released?
Yes or No
FE
Yes 䊳 GO TO 8.
No 䊳 Mark the box on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Go to “6. Vehicle Does Not Creep
Backward In “R” Position”, AT-230 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-389 CL
[QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)]. Continue ROAD TEST.
MT
8 CHECK VEHICLE MOVE
1. Move A/T selector lever to “D”, “2” and “1” positions and check if vehicle creeps forward.
AX
SU
BR
SAT773B
2. Does vehicle creep forward in all three positions? ST
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Go to 3. CRUISE TEST, AT-79. RS
No 䊳 Mark the box on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Go to “7. Vehicle Does Not Creep
Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position”, AT-233 [QGI8DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE],
AT-392 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)]. Continue ROAD TEST.
BT
HA
SAT601J
AT-79
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Road Test (Cont’d)
CONSULT-II Setting Procedure NIAT0029S0402
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Connect CONSULT-II to Data link connector which is located
in left side lower dash panel.
LAT136
SAT586J
5. Touch “A/T”.
SAT014K
SAT587J
SAT972J
AT-80
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Road Test (Cont’d)
9. Touch “SETTING” to recording condition (“AUTO TRIG” or
“MANU TRIG”) and touch “BACK”.
10. Touch “START”. GI
MA
EM
SAT973J LC
11. When performing cruise test, touch “RECORD”.
EC
FE
CL
SAT985J
MT
12. After finishing cruise test part 1, touch “STOP”.
AX
SU
BR
SAT986J
RS
BT
HA
SAT987J
SC
EL
IDX
SAT974J
AT-81
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Road Test (Cont’d)
14. Touch “DISPLAY”.
15. Touch “PRINT”.
16. Check the monitor data printed out.
17. Continue cruise test part 2 and 3.
SAT975J
LAT157
AT-82
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Road Test (Cont’d)
LC
EC
FE
SAT001J CL
5. Start engine.
6. Move A/T selector lever to “D” position.
MT
AX
SU
SAT775B
7. Accelerate vehicle by constantly depressing accelerator pedal halfway. BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT495G HA
8. Does vehicle start from D1?
Read gear position.
Yes or No SC
Yes 䊳 GO TO 2.
No 䊳 Go to “8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1”, AT-236 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and EL
SR20DE], AT-395 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)]. Continue ROAD TEST.
IDX
AT-83
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Road Test (Cont’d)
SAT954I
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 3.
No 䊳 Go to “9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 , D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 , D2”, AT-239
[QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-398 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
Continue ROAD TEST.
SAT955I
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 4.
No 䊳 Go to “10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 , D3”, AT-242 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and
SR20DE], AT-401 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)]. Continue ROAD TEST.
AT-84
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Road Test (Cont’d)
EM
LC
EC
SAT956I
Yes or No
FE
Yes 䊳 GO TO 5.
No 䊳 Go to “11. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 , D4”, AT-245 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and
SR20DE], AT-404 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)]. Continue ROAD TEST. CL
AX
SU
BR
SAT957I
ST
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 6.
RS
No 䊳 Go to “12. A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up”, AT-248 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and
SR20DE], AT-407 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)]. Continue ROAD TEST.
BT
6 CHECK HOLD LOCK-UP
Does A/T hold lock-up condition for more than 30 seconds? HA
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 7. SC
No 䊳 Go to “13. A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition”, AT-250 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model)
and SR20DE], AT-409 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
EL
IDX
AT-85
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Road Test (Cont’d)
SAT958I
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 8.
No 䊳 Go to “14. Lock-up Is Not Released”, AT-252 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE],
AT-411 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)]. Continue ROAD TEST.
SAT959I
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 1. Stop vehicle.
2. Go to “Cruise Test — Part 2”, AT-87.
No 䊳 Go to “15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 , D3)”, AT-253
[QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-412 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
Continue ROAD TEST.
AT-86
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Road Test (Cont’d)
LC
EC
FE
SAT495G
Yes or No CL
Yes 䊳 GO TO 2.
No 䊳 Go to “16. Vehicle Does Not Start From D1”, AT-255 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and MT
SR20DE], AT-414 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)]. Continue ROAD TEST.
BR
ST
RS
SAT404H
BT
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 3.
HA
No 䊳 Go to “9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 , D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 , D2”, AT-239
[QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-398 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
Continue ROAD TEST. SC
EL
IDX
AT-87
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Road Test (Cont’d)
SAT960I
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 4.
No 䊳 Go to “10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 , D3”, AT-242 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and
SR20DE], AT-401 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)]. Continue ROAD TEST.
SAT405H
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 1. Stop vehicle.
2. Go to “Cruise Test — Part 3”, AT-89.
No 䊳 Go to “11. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 , D4”, AT-245 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and
SR20DE], AT-404 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)]. Continue ROAD TEST.
AT-88
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Road Test (Cont’d)
EM
LC
EC
SAT812A FE
䊳 GO TO 2.
CL
AX
SU
BR
SAT813A
2. Set overdrive control switch to “OFF” position while driving in D4.
3. Does A/T shift from D4 to D3 (O/D OFF)? ST
Read gear position and vehicle speed.
RS
BT
HA
SC
SAT999I
Yes or No
EL
Yes 䊳 GO TO 3.
No 䊳 Go to “17. A/T Does Not Shift: D4 , D3, When Overdrive Control Switch “ON” , “OFF”,
AT-256 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-415 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA IDX
Model)]. Continue ROAD TEST.
AT-89
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Road Test (Cont’d)
SAT999I
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 4.
No 䊳 Go to “15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 , D3)”, AT-253
[QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-412 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
Continue ROAD TEST.
SAT791GA
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 5.
No 䊳 Go to “18. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 , D2, When A/T Selector Lever “D” , “2” Position”,
AT-257 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-416 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA
Model)]. Continue ROAD TEST.
AT-90
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Road Test (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
SAT791GA EC
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 6. FE
No 䊳 Go to “15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 , D3)”, AT-253
[QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-412 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)].
Continue ROAD TEST. CL
AX
SU
BR
ST
SAT778B
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 7.
RS
No 䊳 Go to “19. A/T Does Not Shift: 22 , 11, When A/T Selector Lever “2” , “1” Position”,
AT-258 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) and SR20DE], AT-417 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA BT
Model)]. Continue ROAD TEST.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-91
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Road Test (Cont’d)
SAT778B
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 1. Stop vehicle.
2. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to “TCM/PCM Self-diagnostic Procedure (No Tools)”,
AT-52.
No 䊳 Go to “20. Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake”, AT-259 [QG18DE (Calif. CA
Model) and SR20DE], AT-418 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)]. Continue ROAD
TEST.
AT-92
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Symptom Chart
QG18DE MA
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item QG18DE
(Except
(Calif. CA SR20DE
Calif. CA
Model) EM
Model)
IDX
AT-93
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Symptom Chart (Cont’d)
Reference Page
QG18DE
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item QG18DE
(Except
(Calif. CA SR20DE
Calif. CA
Model)
Model)
Vehicle will not run in “D” and ON vehicle 1. Control cable adjustment AT-434
“2” positions (but runs in “1”
and “R” positions). OFF vehicle 2. Low one-way clutch AT-439
AT-94
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Symptom Chart (Cont’d)
Reference Page
AT-95
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Symptom Chart (Cont’d)
Reference Page
QG18DE
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item QG18DE
(Except
(Calif. CA SR20DE
Calif. CA
Model)
Model)
AT-96
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Symptom Chart (Cont’d)
Reference Page
OFF vehicle
4. High clutch AT-485 RS
5. Brake band AT-510
IDX
AT-97
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Symptom Chart (Cont’d)
Reference Page
QG18DE
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item QG18DE
(Except
(Calif. CA SR20DE
Calif. CA
Model)
Model)
AT-98
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Symptom Chart (Cont’d)
Reference Page
AT-99
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Symptom Chart (Cont’d)
Reference Page
QG18DE
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item QG18DE
(Except
(Calif. CA SR20DE
Calif. CA
Model)
Model)
AT-100
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Symptom Chart (Cont’d)
Reference Page
SC
EL
IDX
AT-101
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Symptom Chart (Cont’d)
Reference Page
QG18DE
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item QG18DE
(Except
(Calif. CA SR20DE
Calif. CA
Model)
Model)
AT-102
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Symptom Chart (Cont’d)
Reference Page
SC
EL
IDX
AT-103
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Symptom Chart (Cont’d)
Reference Page
QG18DE
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item QG18DE
(Except
(Calif. CA SR20DE
Calif. CA
Model)
Model)
AT-104
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Symptom Chart (Cont’d)
Reference Page
EL
IDX
AT-105
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Symptom Chart (Cont’d)
Reference Page
QG18DE
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item QG18DE
(Except
(Calif. CA SR20DE
Calif. CA
Model)
Model)
AT-106
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Symptom Chart (Cont’d)
Reference Page
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-107
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL
DESCRIPTION QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
TCM Terminals and Reference Value
SAT216J
WAT158
5 *2 Y/R — — —
6 *2 Y/G — — —
7 *2 Y/B — — —
8*2 BR/W — — —
9*2 G/Y — — —
AT-108
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL
DESCRIPTION QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
TCM Terminals and Reference Value (Cont’d)
AT-109
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL
DESCRIPTION QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
TCM Terminals and Reference Value (Cont’d)
25 B Ground — 1V or less
Under 1.3V or
When vehicle parks.
over 4.5V
30 *3 G/B — — —
31 *3 GY/L — — —
AT-110
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL
DESCRIPTION QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
TCM Terminals and Reference Value (Cont’d)
EM
Voltage varies
Vehicle speed When moving vehicle at 2 to 3 km/h between less
40 PU/R
sensor (1 to 2 MPH) for 1 m (3 ft) or more. than 1V and more LC
than 4.5V
Fully-closed EC
throttle:
When depressing accelerator pedal
Approximately 0.5
Throttle position slowly after warming up engine.
41 GY - 0.7V FE
sensor (Voltage rises gradually in response
Fully-open
to throttle position.)
throttle:
Approximately 4V
CL
Throttle position
42 B sensor — 1V or less
(Ground) MT
When depressing brake pedal. Battery voltage
45 R/G Stop lamp switch
When releasing brake pedal. 1V or less
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-111
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER
SUPPLY QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Wiring Diagram — AT — MAIN
WAT113
LAT254
AT-112
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER
SUPPLY QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure
EM
LC
EC
SAT611J
OK or NG FE
OK 䊳 GO TO 2.
NG 䊳 GO TO 3. CL
AX
SU
BR
LAT253
OK or NG ST
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
NG 䊳 GO TO 3. RS
IDX
AT-113
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER
SUPPLY QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
AT-114
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
(PNP) SWITCH QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Description
Description NIAT0035
쐌 The PNP switch assembly includes a transmission range
switch. GI
쐌 The transmission range switch detects the selector lever posi-
tion and sends a signal to the TCM.
MA
EM
SAT088JA LC
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC NIAT0035S02
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check items (Possible cause) EC
: PNP SW/CIRC 쐌 Harness or connectors
TCM does not receive the correct voltage
(The PNP switch circuit is open or FE
signal from the switch based on the gear
: P0705 shorted.)
position.
쐌 PNP switch
CL
MT
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE NIAT0035S03
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
AX
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCE-
DURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting
SU
the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the BR
SAT014K malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1) Turn ignition switch “ON”. ST
2) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-
II. RS
3) Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least
5 consecutive seconds.
VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more BT
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.3V
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON” or “OFF”)
With GST HA
SAT020K Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
SC
EL
IDX
AT-115
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
(PNP) SWITCH QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Wiring Diagram — AT — PNP/SW
WAT114
LAT255
AT-116
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
(PNP) SWITCH QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure
LC
EC
FE
SAT701J CL
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3. MT
NG 䊳 Check the following items:
쐌 PNP switch
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-119.
쐌 Harness for short or open between ignition switch and PNP switch (Main harness)
쐌 Harness for short or open between PNP switch and TCM (Main harness)
쐌 Ignition switch and fuse AX
Refer to EL-9, “POWER SUPPLY ROUTING”.
쐌 Diode (P, N positions)
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-117
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
(PNP) SWITCH QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
MTBL0136
SAT425J
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Check the following items:
쐌 PNP switch
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-119.
쐌 Harness for short or open between ignition switch and PNP switch (Main harness)
쐌 Harness for short or open between PNP switch and TCM (Main harness)
쐌 Ignition switch and fuse
Refer to EL-9, “POWER SUPPLY ROUTING”.
쐌 Diode (P, N positions)
AT-118
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
(PNP) SWITCH QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
3 CHECK DTC
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-115. GI
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END MA
NG 䊳 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector. EM
LC
Component Inspection NIAT0038
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH NIAT0038S01
EC
1. Check continuity between terminals 1 and 3 and between ter-
minals 2 and 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 while moving manual shaft through
each position. FE
Lever position Terminal No.
P 3—7 1—2 CL
R 3—8
N 3—9 1—2
MT
D 3—6
2 3—5
1 3—4
AX
SU
BR
WAT159
HA
SAT089JA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-119
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE
SENSOR CIRCUIT QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Description
Description NIAT0039
The A/T fluid temperature sensor detects the A/T fluid temperature
and sends a signal to the TCM.
WAT237
SAT021J
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check items (Possible cause)
AT-120
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE
SENSOR CIRCUIT QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Description (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE NIAT0039S04
CAUTION: GI
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCE-
MA
DURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting
the next test.
EM
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
SAT014K malfunction is eliminated. LC
With CONSULT-II
1) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II. EC
2) Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least
10 minutes (Total). (It is not necessary to maintain continu- FE
ously.)
CMPS·RPM (REF): 450 rpm or more
VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more CL
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.2V
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”)
SAT020K
With GST MT
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-121
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE
SENSOR CIRCUIT QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Wiring Diagram — AT — FTS
WAT115
LAT256
AT-122
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE
SENSOR CIRCUIT QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure
1 INSPECTION START GI
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No MA
Yes 䊳 GO TO 2.
No 䊳 GO TO 3.
EM
2 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR (With CONSULT-II)
LC
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. EC
3. Read out the value of “FLUID TEMP SE”.
Voltage:
Cold [20°C (68°F)] → Hot [80°C (176°F)]:
Approximately 1.5V → 0.5V
FE
CL
MT
SAT614J
AX
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
SU
NG 䊳 GO TO 5.
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-123
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE
SENSOR CIRCUIT QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
SAT937J
3. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
4. Disconnect TCM harness connector.
5. Check continuity between terminal 42 and ground.
Continuity should exist.
SAT421J
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
NG 䊳 GO TO 5.
4 CHECK DTC
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-121.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
AT-124
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE
SENSOR CIRCUIT QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
EM
LC
EC
LAT160
4. Reinstall any part removed. FE
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II) 䊳 GO TO 2. CL
OK (Without CONSULT- 䊳 GO TO 3.
II)
NG 䊳 1. Remove oil pan.
MT
2. Check the following items:
쐌 A/T fluid temperature sensor
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-125.
쐌 Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
AX
SU
BR
SC
EL
IDX
AT-125
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION
SENSOR) QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Description
Description NIAT0043
The revolution sensor detects the revolution of the idler gear park-
ing pawl lock gear and emits a pulse signal. The pulse signal is sent
to the TCM which converts it into vehicle speed.
SAT357H
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check items (Possible cause)
AT-126
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION
SENSOR) QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Description (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE NIAT0043S03
CAUTION: GI
쐌 Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
쐌 Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the
tachometer. MA
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCE- EM
DURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting
SAT014K the next test. LC
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II EC
1) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. FE
2) Drive vehicle and check for an increase of “VHCL/S SE·MTR”
value increase.
If the check result is NG, go to “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CL
CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-211.
If the check result is OK, go to following step.
SAT971J 3) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT- MT
II.
4) Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least
5 consecutive seconds.
VHCL SPEED SE: 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.2V
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”) AX
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test. SU
If the check result is NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, AT-129.
If the check result is OK, go to following step.
BR
SAT014K 5) Maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive
seconds.
CMPS·RPM (REF): 3,500 rpm or more ST
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.2V
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased RS
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
With GST BT
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
HA
SAT020K
SC
EL
IDX
AT-127
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION
SENSOR) QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSA/T
WAT116
LAT257
AT-128
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION
SENSOR) QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure
LC
EC
FE
SAT614J
OK or NG
CL
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 GO TO 2.
MT
SU
BR
ST
LAT238 RS
쐌 Harness for short or open between TCM, ECM and revolution sensor (Main harness). Refer to wiring diagram, AT-128.
OK or NG
BT
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Repair or replace damaged parts.
HA
3 CHECK DTC
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-127. SC
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END EL
NG 䊳 GO TO 4.
IDX
AT-129
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION
SENSOR) QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
AT-130
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED
SIGNAL QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Description
Description NIAT0047
The engine speed signal is sent from the ECM to the TCM.
GI
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC NIAT0047S02
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check item (Possible cause) MA
: ENGINE SPEED SIG TCM does not receive the proper voltage 쐌 Harness or connectors
signal from ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
: P0725 EM
LC
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE NIAT0047S03 EC
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE: FE
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCE-
DURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting CL
the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
SAT014K malfunction is eliminated. MT
With CONSULT-II
1) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
2) Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least
10 consecutive seconds. AX
VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.2V
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”) SU
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
BR
SAT020K
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-131
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED
SIGNAL QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Wiring Diagram — AT — ENGSS
WAT117
LAT258
AT-132
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED
SIGNAL QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure
MT
AX
SAT645J
OK or NG
SU
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
NG 䊳 Check the following items: BR
쐌 Harness for short or open between TCM and ECM
쐌 Resistor and ignition coil
Refer to EC-1233 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model)], EC-1820 (SR20DE), “DTC P1320 ST
IGNITION SIGNAL”.
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-133
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED
SIGNAL QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
LAT162
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
NG 䊳 Check the following items:
쐌 Harness for short or open between TCM and ECM
쐌 Resistor and ignition coil
Refer to EC-1233 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model)], EC-1820 (SR20DE), “DTC P1320
IGNITION SIGNAL”.
4 CHECK DTC
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-131.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
AT-134
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Description
Description NIAT0050
쐌 This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item and not available in TCM
self-diagnosis. GI
쐌 This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indi-
cator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis malfunction.
MA
쐌 This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into
first gear position as instructed by the TCM. This is not caused
by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by EM
mechanical malfunction such as control valve sticking,
improper solenoid valve operation, etc.
Gear position 1 2 3 4
LC
Shift solenoid valve A ON (Closed) OFF (Open) OFF (Open) ON (Closed)
EC
Shift solenoid valve B ON (Closed) ON (Closed) OFF (Open) OFF (Open)
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-135
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Description (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE NIAT0050S03
CAUTION:
쐌 Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
쐌 Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the
tachometer.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCE-
DURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting
SAT014K the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always drive vehicle on a level road to improve the accuracy
of test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1) Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with
CONSULT-II.
2) Make sure that output voltage of A/T fluid temperature sensor
is within the range below.
FLUID TEMP SEN: 0.4 - 1.5V
SAT971J
If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm
up the fluid) or stop engine to increase the voltage (cool down
the fluid).
3) Select “1ST GR FNCTN P0731” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT”
mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and touch “START”.
4) Accelerate vehicle to 20 to 25 km/h (12 to 16 MPH) under the
following condition and release the accelerator pedal com-
pletely.
THROTTLE POSI: Less than 1.0/8 (at all times during step
4)
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”)
SAT021J 쐌 Check that “GEAR” shows “2” after releasing pedal.
5) Depress accelerator pedal to WOT (more than 7.0/8 of
“THROTTLE POSI”) quickly from a speed of 20 to 25 km/h (12
to 16 MPH) until “TESTING” changes to “STOP VEHICLE” or
“COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 3 seconds.)
If the check result NG appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to
“Diagnostic Procedure”, AT-139.
If “STOP VEHICLE” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to the
following step.
쐌 Check that “GEAR” shows “1” when depressing accelera-
tor pedal to WOT.
쐌 If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long
time, select “SELF-DIAGNOSIS” for “ENGINE”. In case a
1st trip DTC other than P0731 is shown, refer to applicable
“TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.
6) Stop vehicle.
7) Follow the instruction displayed. (Check for normal shifting
referring to the table below.)
Gear on actual transmission shift pattern when
Vehicle condition
screen is changed to 1 , 2 , 3 , 4
AT-136
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Description (Cont’d)
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-137
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Wiring Diagram — AT — 1ST
WAT118
LAT259
AT-138
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
WAT163
SU
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 2.
NG 䊳 Repair or replace shift solenoid valve assembly.
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-139
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
SAT367H
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Repair control valve assembly.
3 CHECK DTC
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-136.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 Check control valve again. Repair or replace control valve assembly.
Shift solenoid
2 20 - 30Ω
valve A
Ground
Shift solenoid
1 5 - 20Ω
valve B
WAT213
AT-140
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Component Inspection (Cont’d)
Operation Check NIAT0053S0102
쐌 Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground. GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
WAT163
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-141
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Description
Description NIAT0054
쐌 This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item and not available in TCM
self-diagnosis.
쐌 This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indi-
cator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis malfunction.
쐌 This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into
second gear position as instructed by the TCM. This is not
caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but
by mechanical malfunction such as control valve sticking,
improper solenoid valve operation, etc.
Gear position 1 2 3 4
*: P0732 is detected.
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check items (Possible cause)
AT-142
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Description (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE NIAT0054S03
CAUTION: GI
쐌 Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
쐌 Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the
tachometer. MA
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCE- EM
DURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting
SAT014K the next test. LC
TESTING CONDITION:
Always drive vehicle on a level road to improve the accuracy
of test. EC
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II FE
1) Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with
CONSULT-II. CL
2) Make sure that output voltage of A/T fluid temperature sensor
is within the range below.
SAT971J
FLUID TEMP SEN: 0.4 - 1.5V MT
If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm
up the fluid) or stop engine to increase the voltage (cool down
the fluid).
3) Select “2ND GR FNCTN P0732” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT”
mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and touch “START”.
4) Accelerate vehicle to 50 to 55 km/h (31 to 34 MPH) –QG18DE AX
(Calif. CA Model)–or 59 to 64 km/h (37 to 40 MPH)–SR20DE–
under the following condition and release the accelerator pedal
completely. SU
THROTTLE POSI: Less than 1.0/8 (at all times during step
4)
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”) BR
SAT021J
쐌 Check that “GEAR” shows “3” or “4” after releasing pedal.
5) Depress accelerator pedal to WOT (more than 7.0/8 of ST
“THROTTLE POSI”) quickly from a speed of 50 to 55 km/h (31
to 34 MPH) –QG18DE (Calif. CA Model)–or 59 to 64 km/h (37
to 40 MPH)–SR20DE– until “TESTING” changes to “STOP RS
VEHICLE” or “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 3 sec-
onds.)
If the check result NG appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to BT
“Diagnostic Procedure”, AT-146.
If “STOP VEHICLE” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to
following step. HA
쐌 Check that “GEAR” shows “2” when depressing accelera-
tor pedal to WOT.
쐌 If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long SC
time, select “SELF-DIAGNOSIS” for “ENGINE”. In case a
1st trip DTC other than P0732 is shown, refer to applicable
“TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.
EL
6) Stop vehicle.
7) Follow the instruction displayed. (Check for normal shifting IDX
referring to the table below.)
Gear on actual transmission shift pattern when
Vehicle condition
screen is changed to 1 , 2 , 3 , 4
AT-143
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Description (Cont’d)
AT-144
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Wiring Diagram — AT — 2ND
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
WAT119
HA
SC
EL
IDX
LAT260
AT-145
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure
WAT164
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 2.
NG 䊳 Repair or replace shift solenoid valve assembly.
SAT367H
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Repair control valve assembly.
AT-146
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
3 CHECK DTC
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-143. GI
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END MA
NG 䊳 Check control valve again. Repair or replace control valve assembly.
EM
LC
Component Inspection NIAT0057
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B NIAT0057S01
EC
쐌 Refer to “Removal”, AT-433.
Resistance Check NIAT0057S0101 FE
쐌 Check resistance between two terminals.
Resistance
Solenoid valve Terminal No.
(Approx.)
CL
Shift solenoid
1 Ground 5 - 20Ω
valve B MT
AX
SU
BR
WAT165
Operation Check
쐌
NIAT0057S0102
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
ST
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
WAT164
AT-147
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Description
Description NIAT0058
쐌 This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item and not available in TCM
self-diagnosis.
쐌 This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indi-
cator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis malfunction.
쐌 This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into
third gear position as instructed by the TCM. This is not caused
by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by
mechanical malfunction such as control valve sticking,
improper solenoid valve operation, malfunctioning servo piston
or brake band, etc.
Gear position 1 2 3 4
*: P0733 is detected.
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check items (Possible cause)
AT-148
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Description (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE NIAT0058S03
CAUTION: GI
쐌 Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
쐌 Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the
tachometer. MA
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCE- EM
DURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting
SAT014K the next test. LC
TESTING CONDITION:
Always drive vehicle on a level road to improve the accuracy
of test. EC
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II FE
1) Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with
CONSULT-II. CL
2) Make sure that output voltage of A/T fluid temperature sensor
is within the range below.
SAT971J
FLUID TEMP SEN: 0.4 - 1.5V MT
If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm
up the fluid) or stop engine to increase the voltage (cool down
the fluid).
3) Select “3RD GR FNCTN P0733” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT”
mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and touch “START”.
4) Accelerate vehicle to 70 to 85 km/h (43 to 53 MPH) under the AX
following condition and release the accelerator pedal com-
pletely.
THROTTLE POSI: Less than 1.0/8 (at all times during step SU
4)
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”)
BR
SAT021J 쐌 Check that “GEAR” shows “4” after releasing pedal.
5) Depress accelerator pedal steadily with 3.5/8 - 4.5/8 of
“THROTTLE POSI” from a speed of 70 to 85 km/h (43 to 53 ST
MPH) until “TESTING” changes to “STOP VEHICLE” or “COM-
PLETED”. (It will take approximately 3 seconds.)
If the check result NG appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to RS
“Diagnostic Procedure”, AT-152.
If “STOP VEHICLE” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to
following step. BT
쐌 Check that “GEAR” shows “3” when depressing accelera-
tor pedal with 3.5/8 - 4.5/8 of “THROTTLE POSI”.
쐌 If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long HA
time, select “SELF-DIAGNOSIS” for “ENGINE”. In case a
1st trip DTC other than P0733 is shown, refer to applicable
“TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”. SC
6) Stop vehicle.
7) Follow the instruction displayed. (Check for normal shifting EL
referring to the table below.)
Gear on actual transmission shift pattern when
Vehicle condition
screen is changed to 1 , 2 , 3 , 4
IDX
No malfunction exists. 1,2,3,4
AT-149
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Description (Cont’d)
8) Make sure that “OK” is displayed. (If “NG” is displayed, refer
to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”.)
Refer to “Diagnostic Procedure”, AT-152.
Refer to “Shift Schedule”, AT-540.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
AT-150
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Wiring Diagram — AT — 3RD
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
WAT120
HA
SC
EL
IDX
LAT261
AT-151
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure
WAT166
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 2.
NG 䊳 Repair or replace shift solenoid valve assembly.
SAT367H
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Repair control valve assembly.
AT-152
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
3 CHECK DTC
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-149. GI
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END MA
NG 䊳 Check control valve again. Repair or replace control valve assembly.
EM
LC
Component Inspection NIAT0061
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A NIAT0061S01
EC
쐌 Refer to “Removal”, AT-433.
Resistance Check NIAT0061S0101 FE
쐌 Check resistance between two terminals.
Resistance
Solenoid valve Terminal No.
(Approx.)
CL
Shift solenoid
2 Ground 20 - 30Ω
valve A MT
AX
SU
BR
WAT167
Operation Check
쐌
NIAT0061S0102
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
ST
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
WAT166
AT-153
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Description
Description NIAT0062
쐌 This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item and not available in TCM
self-diagnosis.
쐌 This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indi-
cator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis malfunction.
쐌 This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into
fourth gear position or the torque converter clutch does not
lock up as instructed by the TCM. This is not caused by elec-
trical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by mechanical
malfunction such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid
valve operation, malfunctioning oil pump or torque converter
clutch, etc.
Gear position 1 2 3 4
*: P0734 is detected.
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check items (Possible cause)
AT-154
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Description (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE NIAT0062S04
CAUTION: GI
쐌 Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
쐌 If conducting this “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”
again, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least MA
5 seconds before continuing.
쐌 Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the EM
tachometer.
NOTE:
SAT014K If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCE- LC
DURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting
the next test. EC
TESTING CONDITION:
Always drive vehicle on a level road to improve the accuracy
of test. FE
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
malfunction is eliminated.
CL
With CONSULT-II
1) Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with
SAT971J
CONSULT-II. MT
2) Make sure that output voltage of A/T fluid temperature sensor
is within the range below.
FLUID TEMP SEN: 0.4 - 1.5V
If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm
up the fluid) or stop engine to increase the voltage (cool down
the fluid). AX
3) Select “4TH GR FNCTN P0734” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT”
mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and touch “START”.
SU
4) Accelerate vehicle to 45 to 55 km/h (28 to 34 MPH) –QG18DE
(Calif. CA Model)–or 40 to 50 km/h (25 to 31 MPH)–SR20DE–
under the following condition and release the accelerator pedal BR
SAT021J completely.
THROTTLE POSI: Less than 5.5/8 (at all times during step
4) ST
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”)
쐌 Check that “GEAR” shows “3” after releasing pedal.
5) Depress accelerator pedal steadily with 1.0/8 - 2.0/8 of RS
“THROTTLE POSI” from a speed of 45 to 55 km/h (28 to 34
MPH) –QG18DE (Calif. CA Model)–or 40 to 50 km/h (25 to 31
MPH)–SR20DE–until “TESTING” has turned to “STOP BT
VEHICLE” or “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 3 sec-
onds.)
If the check result NG appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to HA
“Diagnostic Procedure”, AT-158.
If “STOP VEHICLE” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to
following step. SC
쐌 Check that “GEAR” shows “4” when depressing accelera-
tor pedal with 1.0/8 - 2.0/8 of “THROTTLE POSI”.
EL
쐌 If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long
time, select “SELF-DIAGNOSIS” for “ENGINE”. In case a
1st trip DTC other than P0734 is shown, refer to applicable IDX
“TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.
6) Stop vehicle.
7) Follow the instruction displayed. (Check for normal shifting
referring to the table below.)
AT-155
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Description (Cont’d)
AT-156
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Wiring Diagram — AT — 4TH
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
WAT121
HA
SC
EL
IDX
LAT262
AT-157
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure
SAT988H
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 9.
No 䊳 GO TO 2.
LAT236
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 GO TO 6.
AT-158
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
WAT168
OK or NG AX
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
NG 䊳 Replace solenoid valve assembly. SU
BT
HA
SC
EL
SAT367H
OK or NG IDX
OK 䊳 GO TO 5.
NG 䊳 Repair control valve.
AT-159
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
WAT170
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 7.
NG 䊳 Replace solenoid valve assembly.
AT-160
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
LC
EC
FE
SAT367H
OK or NG CL
OK 䊳 GO TO 8.
NG 䊳 Repair control valve. MT
9 CHECK DTC
BR
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-155.
OK or NG
ST
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 Perform “Cruise Test — Part 1” again and return to the start point of this test group.
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-161
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Component Inspection
Shift solenoid
2 20 - 30Ω
valve A
Shift solenoid
1 Ground 5 - 20Ω
valve B
Line pressure
4 2.5 - 5Ω
solenoid valve
WAT169
WAT168
AT-162
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Description
Description NIAT0066
The torque converter clutch solenoid valve is activated, with the
gear in “D4”, by the TCM in response to signals sent from the GI
vehicle speed and throttle position sensors. Lock-up piston opera-
tion will then be controlled.
Lock-up operation, however, is prohibited when A/T fluid tempera- MA
ture is too low.
When the accelerator pedal is depressed (less than 2/8) in lock-up
condition, the engine speed should not change abruptly. If there is EM
a big jump in engine speed, there is no lock-up.
WAT237 LC
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR
MODE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
NIAT0066S01 EC
Monitor item Condition Specification
FE
Lock-up “OFF” Approximately 4%
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
" "
duty
Lock-up “ON” Approximately 94%
CL
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC NIAT0066S03
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check items (Possible cause)
MT
: TCC SOLENOID/CIRC TCM detects an improper voltage drop 쐌 Harness or connectors
when it tries to operate the solenoid (The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
: P0740 valve. 쐌 T/C clutch solenoid valve
AX
SU
BR
IDX
SAT020K
AT-163
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Wiring Diagram — AT — TCV
WAT122
LAT263
AT-164
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure
EM
LC
EC
LAT171 FE
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 2. CL
NG 䊳 1. Remove oil pan. Refer to “Removal”, AT-433.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
MT
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-166.
쐌 Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
BR
ST
RS
LAT172 BT
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
4. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG HA
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. SC
3 CHECK DTC EL
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-163.
OK or NG IDX
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
AT-165
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Component Inspection
Torque converter
clutch solenoid 5 Ground 5 - 20Ω
valve
WAT173
WAT174
AT-166
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION
(LOCK-UP) QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Description
Description NIAT0070
쐌 This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item and not available in TCM
self-diagnosis. GI
쐌 This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indi-
cator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis malfunction.
MA
쐌 This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into
fourth gear position or the torque converter clutch does not
lock up as instructed by the TCM. This is not caused by elec- EM
trical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by mechanical
malfunction such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid
valve operation, malfunctioning oil pump or torque converter LC
clutch, etc.
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR
MODE
EC
NIAT0070S01
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-167
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION
(LOCK-UP) QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Description (Cont’d)
*: P0744 is detected.
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check items (Possible cause)
AT-168
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION
(LOCK-UP) QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Description (Cont’d)
4) Accelerate vehicle to more than 80 km/h (50 MPH) and main-
tain the following condition continuously until “TESTING” has
turned to “COMPLETE”. (It will take approximately 30 seconds GI
after “TESTING” shows.)
THROTTLE POSI: 1.0/8 - 2.0/8 (at all times during step 4)
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”) MA
TCC S/V DUTY: More than 94%
VHCL/S SE·A/T: Constant speed of more than 80 km/h (50
MPH) –QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) or 70 km/h (43 MPH) EM
–SR20DE
쐌 Check that “GEAR” shows “4”.
SAT021J
쐌 For “Shift Schedule”, refer to SDS, AT-540. LC
쐌 If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long
time, select “SELF-DIAGNOSIS”. In case a 1st trip DTC EC
other than P0744 is shown, refer to applicable “TROUBLE
DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.
5) Make sure that “OK” is displayed. (If “NG” is displayed, refer FE
to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”.)
Refer to “Diagnostic Procedure”, AT-171.
Refer to “Shift Schedule”, AT-540. CL
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-169
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION
(LOCK-UP) QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Wiring Diagram — AT — TCCSIG
WAT123
LAT264
AT-170
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION
(LOCK-UP) QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure
MA
EM
LC
EC
SAT988H
Yes or No FE
Yes 䊳 GO TO 10.
No 䊳 GO TO 2. CL
AX
SU
BR
LAT236
OK or NG
ST
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 GO TO 6.
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-171
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION
(LOCK-UP) QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
SAT367H
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
NG 䊳 Repair control valve.
5 CHECK DTC
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-168.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 GO TO 10.CHECK LOCK-UP CONDITION.
AT-172
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION
(LOCK-UP) QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
WAT175 AX
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 7. SU
NG 䊳 Replace solenoid valve assembly.
BR
7 CHECK CONTROL VALVE
1. Disassemble control valve assembly.
Refer to “DISASSEMBLY”, AT-466. ST
2. Check line pressure circuit valves for sticking.
쐌 Pressure regulator valve
쐌 Pilot valve RS
쐌 Pressure modifier valve
BT
HA
SC
EL
SAT367H
OK or NG IDX
OK 䊳 GO TO 8.
NG 䊳 Repair control valve.
AT-173
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION
(LOCK-UP) QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
9 CHECK DTC
Perform Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) confirmation procedure, AT-168.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 GO TO 10. And check for proper lock-up.
SAT989H
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Perform “Cruise Test − Part 1” again and return to the start point of this test group.
No 䊳 GO TO 11.
AT-174
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION
(LOCK-UP) QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
WAT176
OK or NG AX
OK 䊳 GO TO 12.
NG 䊳 Replace solenoid valve assembly. SU
BT
HA
SC
SAT367H
EL
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 13.
IDX
NG 䊳 Repair control valve.
AT-175
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION
(LOCK-UP) QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
14 CHECK DTC
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-168.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 Perform “Cruise Test — Part 1” again and return to the start point of this test group.
AT-176
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION
(LOCK-UP) QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Component Inspection
FE
CL
WAT177
MT
Operation Check NIAT0073S0102
쐌 Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
WAT178
SC
EL
IDX
AT-177
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE
SOLENOID VALVE QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Description
Description NIAT0074
The line pressure solenoid valve regulates the oil pump discharge
pressure to suit the driving condition in response to a signal sent
from the TCM.
The line pressure duty cycle value is not consistent when the
closed throttle position switch is “ON”. To confirm the line
pressure duty cycle at low pressure, the accelerator (throttle)
should be open until the closed throttle position switch is
“OFF”.
WAT237
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check items (Possible cause)
SAT020K
AT-178
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE
SOLENOID VALVE QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Wiring Diagram — AT — LPSV
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
WAT124
HA
SC
EL
IDX
LAT265
AT-179
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE
SOLENOID VALVE QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure
LAT179
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 2.
NG 䊳 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to “REMOVAL”, AT-433.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Line pressure solenoid valve
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-182.
쐌 Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
LAT180
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Check the following items:
쐌 Dropping resistor
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-182.
쐌 Harness for short or open between TCM terminal 2 and terminal cord assembly (Main
harness)
AT-180
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE
SOLENOID VALVE QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
EC
LAT181
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
3. Reinstall any part removed. FE
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4. CL
NG 䊳 Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
MT
4 CHECK DTC
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-178.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
AX
NG 䊳 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-181
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE
SOLENOID VALVE QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Component Inspection
Line pressure
4 Ground 2.5 - 5Ω
solenoid valve
WAT182
WAT183
SAT444J
AT-182
DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Description
Description NIAT0078
Shift solenoid valves A and B are turned “ON” or “OFF” by the TCM
in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle speed and GI
throttle position sensors. Gears will then be shifted to the optimum
position.
MA
EM
WAT237 LC
Gear position 1 2 3 4
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check items (Possible cause) CL
: SFT SOL A/CIRC TCM detects an improper voltage drop 쐌 Harness or connectors
when it tries to operate the solenoid (The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
: P0750 valve. 쐌 Shift solenoid valve A
MT
AX
SU
BR
SAT020K
AT-183
DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/A
WAT125
LAT261
AT-184
DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure
EM
LC
EC
LAT184 FE
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 2. CL
NG 䊳 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-433.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Shift solenoid valve A
MT
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-186.
쐌 Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
BR
ST
RS
LAT185 BT
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
4. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG HA
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. SC
3 CHECK DTC EL
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-183.
OK or NG IDX
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
AT-185
DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Component Inspection
Shift solenoid
2 Ground 20 - 30Ω
valve A
WAT186
WAT187
AT-186
DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE B QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Description
Description NIAT0082
Shift solenoid valves A and B are turned “ON” or “OFF” by the TCM
in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle speed and GI
throttle position sensors. Gears will then be shifted to the optimum
position.
MA
EM
WAT237 LC
Gear position 1 2 3 4
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check items (Possible cause) CL
: SFT SOL B/CIRC TCM detects an improper voltage drop 쐌 Harness or connectors
when it tries to operate the solenoid (The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
: P0755 valve. 쐌 Shift solenoid valve B
MT
AX
SU
BR
SAT020K
AT-187
DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE B QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/B
WAT126
LAT260
AT-188
DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE B QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure
EM
LC
EC
LAT188 FE
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 2. CL
NG 䊳 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to “REMOVAL”, AT-433.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Shift solenoid valve B
MT
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-190.
쐌 Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
BR
ST
RS
LAT189 BT
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
4. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG HA
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. SC
3 CHECK DTC EL
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-187.
OK or NG IDX
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
AT-189
DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE B QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Component Inspection
Shift solenoid
1 Ground 5 - 20Ω
valve B
WAT190
WAT191
AT-190
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Description
Description NIAT0086
쐌 Throttle position sensor
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position GI
and sends a signal to the TCM.
쐌 Throttle position switch
Consists of a wide open throttle position switch and a closed
MA
throttle position switch.
The wide open throttle position switch sends a signal to the
TCM when the throttle valve is open at least 1/2 of the full
EM
throttle position. The closed throttle position switch sends a
LEC279 signal to the TCM when the throttle valve is fully closed. LC
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR
MODE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
NIAT0086S01
EC
Monitor item Condition Specification
FE
Fully-closed throttle Approximately 0.5V
Throttle position sensor
Fully-open throttle Approximately 4V
CL
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC NIAT0086S03
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check items (Possible cause) MT
: TP SEN/CIRC A/T 쐌 Harness or connectors
TCM receives an excessively low or high (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
: P1705 voltage from the sensor. 쐌 Throttle position sensor
쐌 Throttle position switch
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-191
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Description (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE NIAT0086S04
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCE-
DURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting
the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
SAT014K malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1) Apply vacuum to the throttle opener, then check the following.
Refer to steps from 1 to 5 of “Preparation”, “TCM/PCM Self-
diagnostic Procedure (No Tools)”, AT-52.
2) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3) Check the following.
Accelerator pedal
THRTL POS SEN CLOSED THL/SW W/O THRL/P·SW
condition
AT-192
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Wiring Diagram — AT — TPS
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
WAT127
HA
SC
EL
IDX
LAT266
AT-193
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure
SAT614J
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
NG 䊳 Check harness for short or open between ECM and TCM regarding throttle position sen-
sor circuit. (Main harness)
AT-194
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
FE
CL
MT
SAT453J
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 5.
NG 䊳 Check harness for short or open between ECM and TCM regarding throttle position sen- AX
sor circuit. (Main harness)
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-195
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
MTBL0011
SAT702J
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 6.
NG 䊳 Check the following items:
쐌 Throttle position switch — Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-198.
쐌 Harness for short or open between ignition switch and throttle position switch (Main
harness)
쐌 Harness for short or open between throttle position switch and TCM (Main harness)
AT-196
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
LC
MTBL0137 EC
FE
CL
MT
LAT192
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 6. AX
NG 䊳 Check the following items:
쐌 Throttle position switch — Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-198.
쐌 Harness for short or open between ignition switch and throttle position switch (Main SU
harness)
쐌 Harness for short or open between throttle position switch and TCM (Main harness)
BR
6 CHECK DTC
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-192. ST
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END RS
NG 䊳 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-197
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Component Inspection
Released Yes
LAT193 Depressed No
Released No
Depressed Yes
LAT194
AT-198
DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Description
Description NIAT0090
The overrun clutch solenoid valve is activated by the TCM in
response to signals sent from the inhibitor switch, overdrive con- GI
trol switch, vehicle speed and throttle position sensors. The over-
run clutch operation will then be controlled.
MA
EM
WAT237 LC
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC NIAT0090S02
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check items (Possible cause) EC
: O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC TCM detects an improper voltage drop 쐌 Harness or connectors
when it tries to operate the solenoid (The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.) FE
: P1760 valve. 쐌 Overrun clutch solenoid valve
CL
MT
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE NIAT0090S03
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
AX
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCE-
DURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting
SU
the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: BR
SAT014K Always drive vehicle on a level road to improve accuracy of
test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the ST
malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode RS
for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
2) Start engine. BT
3) Accelerate vehicle to a speed of more than 10 km/h (6 MPH)
with “D” position (OD “ON”).
4) Release accelerator pedal completely with “D” position (OD HA
SAT020K “OFF”).
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”. SC
EL
IDX
AT-199
DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Wiring Diagram — AT — OVRCSV
WAT128
LAT267
AT-200
DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure
EM
LC
EC
LAT195 FE
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 2. CL
NG 䊳 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to “REMOVAL”, AT-433.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Overrun clutch solenoid valve
MT
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-202.
쐌 Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
BR
ST
RS
LAT196 BT
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
4. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG HA
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. SC
3 CHECK DTC EL
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-199.
OK or NG IDX
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
AT-201
DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Component Inspection
Overrun clutch
3 Ground 20 - 30Ω
solenoid valve
WAT197
WAT198
AT-202
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND
TCM POWER SOURCE) QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Description
Description NIAT0094
The A/T fluid temperature sensor detects the A/T fluid temperature
and sends a signal to the TCM. GI
MA
EM
WAT237 LC
EC
FE
CL
SAT021J
MT
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR
MODE NIAT0094S01
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-203
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND
TCM POWER SOURCE) QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Description (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE NIAT0094S04
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1) Start engine.
2) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3) Drive vehicle under the following conditions:
Selector lever in “D”, vehicle speed higher than 20 km/h (12
MPH).
SAT014K
Without CONSULT-II
1) Start engine.
2) Drive vehicle under the following conditions:
Selector lever in “D”, vehicle speed higher than 20 km/h (12
MPH).
3) Perform self-diagnosis.
Refer to TCM/PCM Self-diagnostic Procedure (No Tools),
AT-52.
SAT971J
SAT335HC
AT-204
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND
TCM POWER SOURCE) QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Wiring Diagram — AT — BA/FTS
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
WAT129
HA
SC
EL
IDX
LAT268
AT-205
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND
TCM POWER SOURCE) QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure
SAT461J
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 2.
NG 䊳 Check the following items:
쐌 Harness for short or open between ignition switch and TCM (Main harness)
쐌 Ignition switch and fuse
Refer to EL-9, “POWER SUPPLY ROUTING”.
LAT200
4. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II) 䊳 GO TO 3.
OK (Without CONSULT- 䊳 GO TO 4.
II)
NG 䊳 1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 A/T fluid temperature sensor
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-209.
쐌 Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
AT-206
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND
TCM POWER SOURCE) QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
LC
EC
FE
SAT614J
CL
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 5.
MT
NG 䊳 Check the following items:
쐌 Harness for short or open between TCM, ECM and terminal cord assembly (Main har-
ness)
쐌 Ground circuit for ECM
Refer to EC-843 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model)], EC-1509 (SR20DE), “TROUBLE
DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY”. AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-207
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND
TCM POWER SOURCE) QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
SAT463J
3. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
4. Disconnect TCM harness connector.
5. Check resistance between terminal 42 and ground.
Continuity should exist.
SAT464J
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 5.
NG 䊳 Check the following items:
쐌 Harness for short or open between TCM, ECM and terminal cord assembly (Main har-
ness)
쐌 Ground circuit for ECM
Refer to EC-843 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model)], EC-1509 (SR20DE), “TROUBLE
DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY”.
5 CHECK DTC
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-204.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
AT-208
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND
TCM POWER SOURCE) QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Component Inspection
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-209
DTC VHCL SPEED SEN·MTR VEHICLE SPEED
SENSOR·MTR QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Description
Description NIAT0098
The vehicle speed sensor·MTR is built into the speedometer
assembly. The sensor functions as an auxiliary device to the revo-
lution sensor when it is malfunctioning. The TCM will then use a
signal sent from the vehicle speed sensor·MTR.
LAT199
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check items (Possible cause)
AT-210
DTC VHCL SPEED SEN·MTR VEHICLE SPEED
SENSOR·MTR QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Description (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE NIAT0098S03
CAUTION: GI
쐌 Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
쐌 If conducting this “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”
again, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least MA
5 seconds before continuing.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the EM
malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
SAT014K
1) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode LC
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
2) Start engine and accelerate vehicle from 0 to 25 km/h (0 to 16
MPH). EC
Without CONSULT-II
1) Start engine. FE
2) Drive vehicle under the following conditions:
Selector lever in “D” and vehicle speed higher than 25 km/h (16
MPH). CL
3) Perform self-diagnosis.
Refer to “TCM/PCM Self-diagnostic Procedure (No Tools)”,
SAT971J AT-52. MT
AX
SU
BR
SAT329HA
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-211
DTC VHCL SPEED SEN·MTR VEHICLE SPEED
SENSOR·MTR QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSMTR
WAT130
LAT269
AT-212
DTC VHCL SPEED SEN·MTR VEHICLE SPEED
SENSOR·MTR QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure
LC
EC
FE
SAT614J
CL
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between TCM terminal 40 and ground while driving at 2 to 3 km/h (1 to 2 MPH) for 1 m (3 ft) or more.
MT
AX
SU
BR
LAT201
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 2.
ST
NG 䊳 Check the following items:
쐌 Vehicle speed sensor and ground circuit for vehicle speed sensor RS
Refer to EL-85, “METERS AND GAUGES”.
쐌 Harness for short or open between TCM and vehicle speed sensor (Main harness)
BT
2 CHECK DTC
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-211. HA
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END SC
NG 䊳 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector. EL
IDX
AT-213
DTC CONTROL UNIT (RAM),
CONTROL UNIT (ROM) QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Description
Description NIAT0101
The TCM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal
input and output and for power supply. The unit controls the A/T.
SAT574J
Diagnostic Trouble Code No. Malfunction is detected when .... Check Item (Possible Cause)
SAT971J
AT-214
DTC CONTROL UNIT (RAM),
CONTROL UNIT (ROM) QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
2 CHECK DTC
PERFORM DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. GI
See above.
䊳 GO TO 3.
MA
3 CHECK DTC AGAIN
Is the “CONTROL UNIT (RAM)” or “CONTROL UNIT (ROM)” displayed again? EM
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Replace TCM. LC
No 䊳 INSPECTION END
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-215
DTC CONTROL UNIT
(EEP ROM) QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Description
Description NIAT0103
The TCM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal
input and output and for power supply. The unit controls the A/T.
SAT574J
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check item (Possible cause)
SAT971J
AT-216
DTC CONTROL UNIT
(EEP ROM) QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Diagnostic Procedure
1 CHECK DTC GI
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “SELF DIAGNOSIS” mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
2. Move selector lever to “R” position. MA
3. Depress accelerator pedal (Full throttle position).
4. Touch “ERASE”.
5. Turn ignition switch “OFF” position for 10 seconds. EM
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-216.
Is the “CONT UNIT (EEP ROM)” displayed again?
LC
Yes 䊳 Replace TCM.
No 䊳 INSPECTION END
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-217
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Wiring Diagram — AT — NONDTC
WAT131
LAT270
AT-218
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Wiring Diagram — AT — NONDTC (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
WAT132
HA
SC
EL
IDX
LAT271
AT-219
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
Wiring Diagram — AT — NONDTC (Cont’d)
WAT133
LAT272
AT-220
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
1. O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On
EM
SAT466J LC
1 CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE
1. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position. EC
(Do not start engine.)
2. Check voltage between TCM terminals 10, 19, 28 and ground.
Voltage: Battery voltage FE
CL
MT
SAT467J
AX
3. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
4. Check voltage between TCM terminal 28 and ground.
Voltage: Battery voltage SU
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 2. BR
NG 䊳 Check the following items:
쐌 Harness for short or open between ignition switch and TCM (Main harness) Refer to
“Wiring Diagram — AT — MAIN”, AT-112.
ST
쐌 Ignition switch and fuse Refer to EL-9, “POWER SUPPLY ROUTING”.
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-221
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
1. O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On (Cont’d)
SAT468J
Continuity should exist.
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Refer
to “Wiring Diagram — AT — MAIN”, AT-112.
LAT202
3. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
NG 䊳 Check the following items:
쐌 O/D OFF indicator lamp.
Refer to EL-85, “METERS AND GAUGES”.
쐌 Harness and fuse for short or open between ignition switch and O/D OFF indicator
lamp (Main harness)
Refer to EL-9, “POWER SUPPLY ROUTING”.
쐌 Harness for short or open between O/D OFF indicator lamp and TCM.
AT-222
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
1. O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On (Cont’d)
4 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. GI
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END MA
NG 䊳 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector. EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-223
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
2. Engine Cannot Be Started In “P” and “N” Position
SAT367J
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Check PNP switch circuit. Refer to “DTC P0705”, AT-115.
No 䊳 GO TO 2.
WAT203
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Repair or replace PNP switch.
AT-224
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
3. In “P” Position, Vehicle Moves Forward Or Backward When Pushed
LC
EC
FE
SAT282F CL
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END MT
NG 䊳 Repair or replace damaged parts.
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-225
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
4. In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves
SAT367J
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Check PNP switch circuit. Refer to “DTC P0705”, AT-115.
No 䊳 GO TO 2.
SAT023JB
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Adjust control cable. Refer to “Control Cable Adjustment”, AT-434.
AT-226
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
4. In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
SAT638A
EC
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
FE
NG 䊳 Refill ATF.
CL
4 CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition. MT
AX
SU
SAT171B BR
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 5. ST
NG 䊳 1. Disassemble A/T.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Forward clutch assembly RS
쐌 Overrun clutch assembly
쐌 Reverse clutch assembly
BT
5 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. HA
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END SC
NG 䊳 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
EL
IDX
AT-227
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
5. Large Shock. “N” → “R” Position
SAT345HA
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Check damaged circuit. Refer to “DTC P0710, P0745 or P1705”, AT-120, 178 or 191.
No 䊳 GO TO 2.
LEC279
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Repair or replace throttle position sensor.
AT-228
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
5. Large Shock. “N” → “R” Position (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
SAT494G
EC
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
NG 䊳 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to “REMOVAL”, AT-433.
FE
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot
valve and pilot filter)
CL
쐌 Line pressure solenoid valve
MT
4 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
AX
NG 䊳 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector. SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-229
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position
SAT638A
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 2.
NG 䊳 Refill ATF.
SAT493G
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
OK in “1” position, NG in 䊳 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to “REMOVAL”, AT-433.
“R” position 2. Check the following items:
쐌 Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot
valve and pilot filter)
쐌 Line pressure solenoid valve
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items:
쐌 Oil pump assembly
쐌 Torque converter
쐌 Reverse clutch assembly
쐌 High clutch assembly
NG in both “1” and “R” 䊳 GO TO 6.
positions
AT-230
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
SAT494G
EC
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
NG 䊳 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to “REMOVAL”, AT-433.
FE
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot
valve and pilot filter)
CL
쐌 Line pressure solenoid valve
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following item:
MT
쐌 Oil pump assembly
SU
BR
ST
SAT171B
RS
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 5. BT
NG 䊳 GO TO 6.
HA
5 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. SC
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END EL
NG 䊳 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector. IDX
AT-231
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position (Cont’d)
AT-232
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position
LC
EC
FE
SAT638A
CL
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 2.
MT
NG 䊳 Refill ATF.
SU
BR
ST
SAT493G
OK or NG RS
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 GO TO 6. BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-233
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position (Cont’d)
SAT494G
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
NG 䊳 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to “REMOVAL”, AT-433.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot
valve and pilot filter)
쐌 Line pressure solenoid valve
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following item:
쐌 Oil pump assembly
SAT171B
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 5.
NG 䊳 GO TO 6.
5 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
AT-234
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position (Cont’d)
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-235
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1
SAT934FB
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Check damaged circuit. Refer to “DTC P0720, P0750, P0755 or VHCL SPEED
SEN·MTR”, AT-126, 183, 187 or 210.
No 䊳 GO TO 3.
LEC279
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
NG 䊳 Repair or replace throttle position sensor.
AT-236
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
SAT494G
EC
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 5.
NG 䊳 GO TO 8.
FE
AX
SU
SAT171B
BR
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 6.
ST
NG 䊳 GO TO 8.
RS
6 DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to “REMOVAL”, AT-433.
2. Check the following items: BT
쐌 Shift valve A
쐌 Shift valve B
쐌 Shift solenoid valve A HA
쐌 Shift solenoid valve B
쐌 Pilot valve
쐌 Pilot filter SC
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 7. EL
NG 䊳 Repair or replace damaged parts.
IDX
AT-237
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 (Cont’d)
7 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
AT-238
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 → D2
MT
AX
SU
SAT367J
Yes or No BR
Yes 䊳 Check PNP switch circuit. Refer to “DTC P0705”, AT-115.
No 䊳 GO TO 3. ST
3 CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T AND CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR CIRCUIT RS
Check vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR circuit. Refer to “DTC P0720 and
VHCL SPEED SEN·MTR”, AT-126, AT-210.
OK or NG
BT
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
NG 䊳 Repair or replace vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed HA
sensor·MTR circuits.
SC
EL
IDX
AT-239
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 → D2 (Cont’d)
LEC279
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 5.
NG 䊳 Repair or replace throttle position sensor.
SAT171B
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 6.
NG 䊳 GO TO 8.
AT-240
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 → D2 (Cont’d)
7 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. GI
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END MA
NG 䊳 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector. EM
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-241
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3
SAT367J
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Check PNP switch circuit. Refer to “DTC P0705”, AT-115.
No 䊳 GO TO 3.
LEC279
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
NG 䊳 Repair or replace throttle position sensor.
AT-242
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3 (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
SAT171B
EC
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 5.
FE
NG 䊳 GO TO 7.
CL
5 DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to “REMOVAL”, AT-433. MT
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Shift valve B
쐌 Shift solenoid valve B
쐌 Pilot valve
쐌 Pilot filter
OK or NG AX
OK 䊳 GO TO 6.
NG 䊳 Repair or replace damaged parts. SU
6 CHECK SYMPTOM BR
Check again.
OK or NG ST
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. RS
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-243
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3 (Cont’d)
AT-244
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
11. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4
EC
2 CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
With CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis, after cruise test, show damage to any of the following circuits? FE
쐌 PNP switch
쐌 Overdrive control switch
쐌 A/T fluid temperature sensor CL
쐌 Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor)
쐌 Shift solenoid valve A or B
쐌 Vehicle speed sensor·MTR MT
AX
SU
SAT363HC BR
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Check damaged circuit. Refer to “DTC P0705, P0710, P0720, P0750, P0755 or VHCL ST
SPEED SEN·MTR”, AT-115, 120, 126, 183, 187 or 210.
No 䊳 GO TO 3.
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-245
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
11. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4 (Cont’d)
LEC279
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
NG 䊳 Repair or replace throttle position sensor.
SAT171B
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 5.
NG 䊳 GO TO 7.
AT-246
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
11. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4 (Cont’d)
6 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. GI
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END MA
NG 䊳 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector. EM
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-247
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
12. A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up
SAT346H
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Check torque converter clutch solenoid valve circuit. Refer to “DTC P0740”, AT-163.
No 䊳 GO TO 2.
SAT413J
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Repair or replace throttle position sensor.
AT-248
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
12. A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up (Cont’d)
4 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. GI
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END MA
NG 䊳 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector. EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-249
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
13. A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition
SAT347H
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Check engine speed signal circuit. Refer to “DTC P0725”, AT-131.
No 䊳 GO TO 2.
SAT171B
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 GO TO 5.
AT-250
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
13. A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition (Cont’d)
4 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. GI
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END MA
NG 䊳 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector. EM
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-251
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
14. Lock-up Is Not Released
SAT367J
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Check closed throttle position switch circuit. Refer to “DTC P0705”, AT-115.
No 䊳 GO TO 2.
2 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
AT-252
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 → D3)
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT348H
Yes or NO
Yes 䊳 Check overrun clutch solenoid valve circuit. Refer to “DTC P1760”, AT-199.
No 䊳 GO TO 2. AX
ST
RS
BT
SAT413J
OK or NG HA
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Repair or replace throttle position sensor. SC
EL
IDX
AT-253
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 → D3) (Cont’d)
SAT171B
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
NG 䊳 GO TO 6.
5 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
AT-254
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
16. Vehicle Does Not Start From D1
EM
LC
EC
FE
SAT934FA
Yes or No CL
Yes 䊳 Check damaged circuit. Refer to “DTC P0720, P0750, P0755 or VHCL SPEED
SEN·MTR”, AT-126, 183, 187 or 210.
MT
No 䊳 GO TO 2.
2 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG AX
OK 䊳 Go to “8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1”, AT-236.
NG 䊳 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. SU
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-255
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
17. A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D3, When Overdrive Control Switch “ON” → “OFF”
SAT344H
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Check overdrive control switch circuit. Refer to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”, AT-260.
No 䊳 Go to “10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2, D3”, AT-242.
AT-256
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
18. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → 22, When Selector Lever “D” → “2” Position
EC
FE
CL
SAT367J MT
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Check PNP switch circuit. Refer to “DTC P0705”, AT-115.
No 䊳 Go to “9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1, D2 or Does Not Kickdown: D4, D2”, AT-239.
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-257
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
19. A/T Does Not Shift: 22 → 11, When Selector Lever “2” → “1” Position
SAT367J
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Check PNP switch circuit. Refer to “DTC P0705”, AT-115.
No 䊳 GO TO 2.
2 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
SAT778B
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
AT-258
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
20. Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake
EC
FE
CL
MT
21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP,
Overdrive Control and Throttle Position
Switches Circuit Checks) NIAT0126
SYMPTOM: AX
O/D OFF indicator lamp does not come on in TCM self-diag-
nostic procedure even if the lamp circuit is good.
DESCRIPTION SU
NIAT0126S01
쐌 PNP switch
The PNP switch assembly includes a transmission range BR
SAT088JA switch. The transmission range switch detects the selector
lever position and sends a signal to the TCM.
쐌 Overdrive control switch ST
Detects the overdrive control switch position (ON or OFF) and
sends a signal to the TCM.
쐌 Throttle position switch RS
Consists of a wide open throttle position switch and a closed
throttle position switch.
The wide open throttle position switch sends a signal to the BT
TCM when the throttle valve is open at least 1/2 of the full
throttle position. The closed throttle position switch sends a
signal to the TCM when the throttle valve is fully closed. HA
SAT360H
SC
EL
IDX
LEC279
AT-259
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP, Overdrive Control and Throttle Position Switches Circuit Checks) (Cont’d)
SAT701J
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Check the following items:
쐌 PNP switch (Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-265.)
쐌 Harness for short or open between ignition switch and PNP switch (Main harness)
쐌 Harness for short or open between PNP switch and TCM (Main harness)
쐌 Diode (P, N positions)
AT-260
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP, Overdrive Control and Throttle Position Switches Circuit Checks) (Cont’d)
LC
EC
MTBL0138
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
SAT470J
RS
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
BT
NG 䊳 Check the following items:
쐌 PNP switch (Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-265.)
쐌 Harness for short or open between ignition switch and PNP switch (Main harness) HA
쐌 Harness for short or open between PNP switch and TCM (Main harness)
쐌 Diode (P, N positions)
SC
EL
IDX
AT-261
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP, Overdrive Control and Throttle Position Switches Circuit Checks) (Cont’d)
SAT645J
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 5.
NG 䊳 Check the following items:
쐌 Overdrive control switch (Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-265.)
쐌 Harness for short or open between TCM and overdrive control switch (Main harness)
쐌 Harness of ground circuit for overdrive control switch (Main harness) for short or open
AT-262
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP, Overdrive Control and Throttle Position Switches Circuit Checks) (Cont’d)
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
SAT471JA
OK or NG BR
OK 䊳 GO TO 6.
NG 䊳 Check the following items: ST
쐌 Overdrive control switch (Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-265.)
쐌 Harness for short or open between TCM and overdrive control switch (Main harness)
쐌 Harness of ground circuit for overdrive control switch (Main harness) for short or open RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-263
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP, Overdrive Control and Throttle Position Switches Circuit Checks) (Cont’d)
MTBL0011
SAT702J
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 7.
NG 䊳 Check the following items:
쐌 Throttle position switch — Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-265.
쐌 Harness for short or open between ignition switch and throttle position switch (Main
harness)
쐌 Harness for short or open between throttle position switch and TCM (Main harness)
AT-264
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP, Overdrive Control and Throttle Position Switches Circuit Checks) (Cont’d)
LC
MTBL0137 EC
FE
CL
MT
LAT192
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 7. AX
NG 䊳 Check the following items:
쐌 Throttle position switch — Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-265.
쐌 Harness for short or open between ignition switch and throttle position switch (Main SU
harness)
쐌 Harness for short or open between throttle position switch and TCM (Main harness)
BR
7 CHECK DTC
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”, AT-260 ST
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END RS
NG 䊳 쐌 Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
쐌 If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
BT
HA
RELEASED No
IDX
DEPRESSED Yes
WAT205
AT-265
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP, Overdrive Control and Throttle Position Switches Circuit Checks) (Cont’d)
PNP Switch NIAT0126S0302
1. Check continuity between terminals 1 and 2 and between ter-
minals 3 and 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 while moving manual shaft through
each position.
Lever position Terminal No.
P 3—7 1—2
R 3—8
N 3—9 1—2
D 3—6
2 3—5
1 3—4
WAT204
SAT089JA
Released Yes
Depressed No
AT-266
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (CALIF. CA) & SR20DE
21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP, Overdrive Control and Throttle Position Switches Circuit Checks) (Cont’d)
Wide open throttle position switch
쐌 Check continuity between terminals 4 and 5.
GI
Accelerator pedal condition Continuity
Released No
MA
Depressed Yes
EM
LAT194 LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-267
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL
DESCRIPTION QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
PCM Terminals and Reference Value
LAT241
LAT206
AT-268
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL
DESCRIPTION QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
PCM Terminals and Reference Value (Cont’d)
CL
Engine speed Refer to EC-157, “PCM Inspection
32 L/OR —
signal Table”.
MT
HA
52 *2 G/B — — —
SC
When ASCD cruise is being per-
Battery voltage
formed. (“CRUISE” light comes on.) EL
ASCD cruise
54 OR When ASCD cruise is not being
switch
performed. (“CRUISE” light does 1V or less
not comes on.) IDX
AT-269
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL
DESCRIPTION QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
PCM Terminals and Reference Value (Cont’d)
57 B Ground — 1V or less
Throttle position
58 B sensor — 1V or less
(Ground)
Under 1.3V or
When vehicle parks.
over 4.5V
AT-270
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL
DESCRIPTION QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
PCM Terminals and Reference Value (Cont’d)
Throttle position
111 R sensor — 4.5 - 5.5V
AX
(Power source)
113 *2 GY/L — — — SU
*2: These terminals are connected to the Data link connector.
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-271
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER
SUPPLY QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Wiring Diagram — AT — MAIN
WAT092
LAT273
AT-272
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER
SUPPLY QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure
EM
LC
EC
LAT223 FE
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 2. CL
NG 䊳 GO TO 3.
MT
2 CHECK PCM POWER SOURCE STEP 2
1. Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
2. Check voltage between PCM terminal 67 and ground.
AX
SU
BR
LAT252 ST
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4. RS
NG 䊳 GO TO 3.
BT
3 DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items: HA
쐌 Harness for short or open between ignition switch and PCM terminals 67 and 109 (Main harness)
쐌 Fuse
쐌 Ignition switch
Refer to EL-9, “POWER SUPPLY ROUTING”.
SC
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
EL
NG 䊳 Repair or replace damaged parts.
IDX
AT-273
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER
SUPPLY QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
AT-274
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
(PNP) SWITCH QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Description
Description NIAT0136
쐌 The PNP switch assembly includes a transmission range
switch. GI
쐌 The transmission range switch detects the A/T selector lever
position and sends a signal to the PCM.
MA
EM
SAT088JA LC
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC NIAT0136S02
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check items (Possible cause) EC
: PNP SW/CIRC 쐌 Harness or connectors
PCM does not receive the correct voltage
(The PNP switch circuit is open or FE
signal from the switch based on the gear
: P0705 shorted.)
position.
쐌 PNP switch
CL
MT
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE NIAT0136S03
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
AX
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCE-
DURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting
SU
the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the BR
SAT014K malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1) Turn ignition switch “ON”. ST
2) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-
II. RS
3) Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least
5 consecutive seconds.
VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more BT
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.3V
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON” or “OFF”)
With GST HA
SAT020K Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
SC
EL
IDX
AT-275
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
(PNP) SWITCH QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Wiring Diagram — AT — PNP/SW
WAT093
LAT274
AT-276
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
(PNP) SWITCH QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure
LC
EC
FE
SAT701J CL
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3. MT
NG 䊳 Check the following items:
쐌 PNP switch
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-279.
쐌 Harness for short or open between ignition switch and PNP switch (Main harness)
쐌 Harness for short or open between PNP switch and PCM (Main harness)
쐌 Ignition switch and fuse AX
Refer to EL-9, “POWER SUPPLY ROUTING”.
쐌 Diode (P, N positions)
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-277
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
(PNP) SWITCH QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
WAT207
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Check the following items:
쐌 PNP switch
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-279.
쐌 Harness for short or open between ignition switch and PNP switch (Main harness)
쐌 Harness for short or open between PNP switch and PCM (Main harness)
쐌 Ignition switch and fuse
Refer to EL-9, “POWER SUPPLY ROUTING”.
쐌 Diode (P, N positions)
3 CHECK DTC
Perform Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) confirmation procedure, AT-275.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 1. Perform PCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck PCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
AT-278
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
(PNP) SWITCH QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Component Inspection
P — 1—2 EM
R 3—8 —
N — 1—2 LC
D 3—6 —
2 3—5 — EC
1 3—4 —
FE
CL
WAT208
MT
2. If NG, check again with control cable disconnected from
manual shaft of A/T assembly. Refer to step 1.
3. If OK on step 2, adjust control cable. Refer to “Control Cable
Adjustment”, AT-434.
4. If NG on step 2, remove PNP switch from A/T and check con- AX
tinuity of PNP switch terminals. Refer to step 1.
5. If OK on step 4, adjust PNP switch. Refer to “Park/Neutral
Position (PNP) Switch Adjustment”, AT-434. SU
6. If NG on step 4, replace PNP switch.
BR
SAT089JA
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-279
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE
SENSOR CIRCUIT QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Description
Description NIAT0140
The A/T fluid temperature sensor detects the A/T fluid temperature
and sends a signal to the PCM.
WAT237
SAT021J
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check items (Possible cause)
AT-280
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE
SENSOR CIRCUIT QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Description (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE NIAT0140S04
CAUTION: GI
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCE-
MA
DURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting
the next test.
EM
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
SAT014K malfunction is eliminated. LC
With CONSULT-II
1) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II. EC
2) Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least
10 minutes (Total). (It is not necessary to maintain continu- FE
ously.)
CMPS·RPM (REF): 450 rpm or more
VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more CL
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.2V
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”)
SAT020K
With GST MT
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-281
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE
SENSOR CIRCUIT QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Wiring Diagram — AT — FTS
WAT095
LAT276
AT-282
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE
SENSOR CIRCUIT QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure
1 INSPECTION START GI
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No MA
Yes 䊳 GO TO 2.
No 䊳 GO TO 3.
EM
2 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR (With CONSULT-II)
LC
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. EC
3. Read out the value of “FLUID TEMP SE”.
Voltage:
Cold [20°C (68°F)] → Hot [80°C (176°F)]:
Approximately 1.5V → 0.5V
FE
CL
MT
SAT614J
AX
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
SU
NG 䊳 GO TO 5.
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-283
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE
SENSOR CIRCUIT QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
LAT209
3. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
4. Disconnect PCM harness connector.
5. Check continuity between terminal 58 and ground.
LAT210
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
NG 䊳 GO TO 5.
4 CHECK DTC
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-281.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 1. Perform PCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck PCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
AT-284
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE
SENSOR CIRCUIT QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
EM
LC
EC
LAT160
4. Reinstall any part removed. FE
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II) 䊳 GO TO 2. CL
OK (Without CONSULT- 䊳 GO TO 3.
II)
NG 䊳 1. Remove oil pan.
MT
2. Check the following items:
쐌 A/T fluid temperature sensor
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-285.
쐌 Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
AX
SU
BR
SC
EL
IDX
AT-285
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T
(REVOLUTION SENSOR) QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Description
Description NIAT0144
The revolution sensor detects the revolution of the idler gear park-
ing pawl lock gear and emits a pulse signal. The pulse signal is sent
to the PCM which converts it into vehicle speed.
SAT357H
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check items (Possible cause)
AT-286
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T
(REVOLUTION SENSOR) QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Description (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE NIAT0144S03
CAUTION: GI
쐌 Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
쐌 Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the
tachometer. MA
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCE- EM
DURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting
SAT014K the next test. LC
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II EC
1) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. FE
2) Drive vehicle and check for an increase of “VHCL/S SE·MTR”
value increase.
If the check result is NG, go to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”, CL
AT-369.
If the check result is OK, go to following step.
SAT971J 3) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT- MT
II.
4) Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least
5 consecutive seconds.
VHCL SPEED SE: 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.2V
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”) AX
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test. SU
If the check result is NG, go to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”,
AT-289.
If the check result is OK, go to following step. BR
SAT014K
5) Maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive
seconds. ST
CMPS·RPM (REF): 3,500 rpm or more
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.2V
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”) RS
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test. BT
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
HA
SAT020K
SC
EL
IDX
AT-287
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T
(REVOLUTION SENSOR) QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSA/T
WAT094
LAT275
AT-288
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T
(REVOLUTION SENSOR) QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure
LC
EC
FE
SAT614J
OK or NG
CL
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 GO TO 2.
MT
SU
BR
ST
LAT239 RS
쐌 Harness for short or open between PCM and revolution sensor (Main harness). Refer to wiring diagram, AT-288.
OK or NG
BT
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Repair or replace damaged parts.
HA
3 CHECK DTC
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-287. SC
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END EL
NG 䊳 GO TO 4.
IDX
AT-289
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T
(REVOLUTION SENSOR) QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
AT-290
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED
SIGNAL QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Description
Description NIAT0148
The engine speed signal is sent from the tachometer to the PCM.
GI
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC NIAT0148S02
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check item (Possible cause) MA
: ENGINE SPEED SIG PCM does not receive the proper voltage 쐌 Harness or connectors
signal from combination meter. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
: P0725 EM
LC
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE NIAT0148S03 EC
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE: FE
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCE-
DURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting CL
the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
SAT014K malfunction is eliminated. MT
With CONSULT-II
1) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
2) Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least
10 consecutive seconds. AX
VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.2V
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”) SU
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
BR
SAT020K
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-291
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED
SIGNAL QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Wiring Diagram — AT — ENGSS
LAT138
LAT277
AT-292
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED
SIGNAL QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure
MT
AX
SAT645J
OK or NG
SU
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
NG 䊳 Check the following items: BR
쐌 Harness for short or open between PCM and tachometer
쐌 Resistor and ignition coil
Refer to EC-549, “DTC P1320 IGNITION SIGNAL”. ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-293
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED
SIGNAL QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
LAT212
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
NG 䊳 Check the following items:
쐌 Harness for short or open between PCM and tachometer
쐌 Resistor and ignition coil
Refer to EC-549, “DTC P1320 IGNITION SIGNAL”.
4 CHECK DTC
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-291.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 1. Perform PCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck PCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
AT-294
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Description
Description NIAT0151
쐌 This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item and not available in PCM
self-diagnosis. GI
쐌 This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indi-
cator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis malfunction.
MA
쐌 This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into
first gear position as instructed by the PCM. This is not caused
by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by EM
mechanical malfunction such as control valve sticking,
improper solenoid valve operation, etc.
Gear position 1 2 3 4
LC
Shift solenoid valve A ON (Closed) OFF (Open) OFF (Open) ON (Closed)
EC
Shift solenoid valve B ON (Closed) ON (Closed) OFF (Open) OFF (Open)
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-295
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Description (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE NIAT0151S03
CAUTION:
쐌 Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
쐌 Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the
tachometer.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCE-
DURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting
SAT014K the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always drive vehicle on a level road to improve the accuracy
of test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1) Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with
CONSULT-II.
2) Make sure that output voltage of A/T fluid temperature sensor
is within the range below.
FLUID TEMP SEN: 0.4 - 1.5V
SAT971J
If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm
up the fluid) or stop engine to increase the voltage (cool down
the fluid).
3) Select “1ST GR FNCTN P0731” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT”
mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and touch “START”.
4) Accelerate vehicle to 20 to 25 km/h (12 to 16 MPH) under the
following condition and release the accelerator pedal com-
pletely.
THROTTLE POSI: Less than 1.0/8 (at all times during step
4)
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”)
SAT021J 쐌 Check that “GEAR” shows “2” after releasing pedal.
5) Depress accelerator pedal to WOT (more than 7.0/8 of
“THROTTLE POSI”) quickly from a speed of 20 to 25 km/h (12
to 16 MPH) until “TESTING” changes to “STOP VEHICLE” or
“COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 3 seconds.)
If the check result NG appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to
“Diagnostic Procedure”, AT-299.
If “STOP VEHICLE” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to the
following step.
쐌 Check that “GEAR” shows “1” when depressing accelera-
tor pedal to WOT.
쐌 If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long
time, select “SELF-DIAGNOSIS” for “ENGINE”. In case a
1st trip DTC other than P0731 is shown, refer to applicable
“TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.
6) Stop vehicle.
7) Follow the instruction displayed. (Check for normal shifting
referring to the table below.)
AT-296
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Description (Cont’d)
2,2,3,3
Malfunction for P0731 MA
exists. 4,3,3,4
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-297
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Wiring Diagram — AT — 1ST
WAT096
LAT278
AT-298
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
WAT163
SU
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 2.
NG 䊳 Repair or replace shift solenoid valve assembly.
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-299
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
SAT367H
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Repair control valve assembly.
3 CHECK DTC
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-296.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 Check control valve again. Repair or replace control valve assembly.
Shift solenoid
2 20 - 30Ω
valve A
Ground
Shift solenoid
1 5 - 20Ω
valve B
WAT213
AT-300
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Component Inspection (Cont’d)
Operation Check NIAT0154S0102
쐌 Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground. GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
WAT163
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-301
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Description
Description NIAT0155
쐌 This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item and not available in PCM
self-diagnosis.
쐌 This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indi-
cator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis malfunction.
쐌 This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into
second gear position as instructed by the PCM. This is not
caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but
by mechanical malfunction such as control valve sticking,
improper solenoid valve operation, etc.
Gear position 1 2 3 4
*: P0732 is detected.
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check items (Possible cause)
AT-302
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Description (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE NIAT0155S03
CAUTION: GI
쐌 Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
쐌 Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the
tachometer. MA
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCE- EM
DURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting
SAT014K the next test. LC
TESTING CONDITION:
Always drive vehicle on a level road to improve the accuracy
of test. EC
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II FE
1) Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with
CONSULT-II. CL
2) Make sure that output voltage of A/T fluid temperature sensor
is within the range below.
SAT971J
FLUID TEMP SEN: 0.4 - 1.5V MT
If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm
up the fluid) or stop engine to increase the voltage (cool down
the fluid).
3) Select “2ND GR FNCTN P0732” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT”
mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and touch “START”.
4) Accelerate vehicle to 50 to 55 km/h (31 to 34 MPH) under the AX
following condition and release the accelerator pedal com-
pletely.
THROTTLE POSI: Less than 1.0/8 (at all times during step SU
4)
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”)
BR
SAT021J 쐌 Check that “GEAR” shows “3” or “4” after releasing pedal.
5) Depress accelerator pedal to WOT (more than 7.0/8 of
“THROTTLE POSI”) quickly from a speed of 50 to 55 km/h (31 ST
to 34 MPH) until “TESTING” changes to “STOP VEHICLE” or
“COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 3 seconds.)
If the check result NG appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to RS
“Diagnostic Procedure”, AT-306.
If “STOP VEHICLE” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to
following step. BT
쐌 Check that “GEAR” shows “2” when depressing accelera-
tor pedal to WOT.
쐌 If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long HA
time, select “SELF-DIAGNOSIS” for “ENGINE”. In case a
1st trip DTC other than P0732 is shown, refer to applicable
“TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”. SC
6) Stop vehicle.
7) Follow the instruction displayed. (Check for normal shifting EL
referring to the table below.)
Gear on actual transmission shift pattern when
Vehicle condition
screen is changed to 1 , 2 , 3 , 4
IDX
No malfunction exists 1,2,3,4
AT-303
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Description (Cont’d)
8) Make sure that “OK” is displayed. (If “NG” is displayed, refer
to “Diagnostic Procedure”.)
Refer to “Diagnostic Procedure”, AT-306.
Refer to “Shift Schedule”, AT-540.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
AT-304
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Wiring Diagram — AT — 2ND
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
WAT097
HA
SC
EL
IDX
LAT279
AT-305
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure
WAT164
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 2.
NG 䊳 Repair or replace shift solenoid valve assembly.
SAT367H
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Repair control valve assembly.
AT-306
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
3 CHECK DTC
Perform Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) confirmation procedure, AT-303. GI
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END MA
NG 䊳 Check control valve again. Repair or replace control valve assembly.
EM
LC
Component Inspection NIAT0158
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B NIAT0158S01
EC
쐌 Refer to “REMOVAL”, AT-433.
Resistance Check NIAT0158S0101 FE
쐌 Check resistance between two terminals.
Resistance
Solenoid valve Terminal No.
(Approx.)
CL
Shift solenoid
1 Ground 10 - 20Ω
valve B MT
AX
SU
BR
WAT165
Operation Check
쐌
NIAT0158S0102
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
ST
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
WAT164
AT-307
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Description
Description NIAT0159
쐌 This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item and not available in PCM
self-diagnosis.
쐌 This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indi-
cator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis malfunction.
쐌 This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into
third gear position as instructed by the PCM. This is not caused
by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by
mechanical malfunction such as control valve sticking,
improper solenoid valve operation, malfunctioning servo piston
or brake band, etc.
Gear position 1 2 3 4
*: P0733 is detected.
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check items (Possible cause)
AT-308
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Description (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE NIAT0159S03
CAUTION: GI
쐌 Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
쐌 Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the
tachometer. MA
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCE- EM
DURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting
SAT014K the next test. LC
TESTING CONDITION:
Always drive vehicle on a level road to improve the accuracy
of test. EC
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II FE
1) Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with
CONSULT-II. CL
2) Make sure that output voltage of A/T fluid temperature sensor
is within the range below.
SAT971J
FLUID TEMP SEN: 0.4 - 1.5V MT
If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm
up the fluid) or stop engine to increase the voltage (cool down
the fluid).
3) Select “3RD GR FNCTN P0733” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT”
mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and touch “START”.
4) Accelerate vehicle to 70 to 85 km/h (43 to 53 MPH) under the AX
following condition and release the accelerator pedal com-
pletely.
THROTTLE POSI: Less than 1.0/8 (at all times during step SU
4)
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”)
BR
SAT021J 쐌 Check that “GEAR” shows “4” after releasing pedal.
5) Depress accelerator pedal steadily with 3.5/8 - 4.5/8 of
“THROTTLE POSI” from a speed of 70 to 85 km/h (43 to 53 ST
MPH) until “TESTING” changes to “STOP VEHICLE” or “COM-
PLETED”. (It will take approximately 3 seconds.)
If the check result NG appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to RS
“Diagnostic Procedure”, AT-312.
If “STOP VEHICLE” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to
following step. BT
쐌 Check that “GEAR” shows “3” when depressing accelera-
tor pedal with 3.5/8 - 4.5/8 of “THROTTLE POSI”.
쐌 If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long HA
time, select “SELF-DIAGNOSIS” for “ENGINE”. In case a
1st trip DTC other than P0733 is shown, refer to applicable
“TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”. SC
6) Stop vehicle.
7) Follow the instruction displayed. (Check for normal shifting EL
referring to the table below.)
Gear on actual transmission shift pattern when
Vehicle condition
screen is changed to 1 , 2 , 3 , 4
IDX
No malfunction exists. 1,2,3,4
AT-309
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Description (Cont’d)
8) Make sure that “OK” is displayed. (If “NG” is displayed, refer
to “Diagnostic Procedure”.)
Refer to “Diagnostic Procedure”, AT-312.
Refer to “Shift Schedule”, AT-540.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
AT-310
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Wiring Diagram — AT — 3RD
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
WAT098
HA
SC
EL
IDX
LAT280
AT-311
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure
WAT166
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 2.
NG 䊳 Repair or replace shift solenoid valve assembly.
SAT367H
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Repair control valve assembly.
AT-312
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
3 CHECK DTC
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-309. GI
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END MA
NG 䊳 Check control valve again. Repair or replace control valve assembly.
EM
LC
Component Inspection NIAT0162
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A NIAT0162S01
EC
쐌 Refer to “REMOVAL”, AT-433.
Resistance Check NIAT0162S0101 FE
쐌 Check resistance between two terminals.
Resistance
Solenoid valve Terminal No.
(Approx.)
CL
Shift solenoid
2 Ground 20 - 30Ω
valve A MT
AX
SU
BR
WAT167
Operation Check
쐌
NIAT0162S0102
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
ST
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
WAT166
AT-313
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Description
Description NIAT0163
쐌 This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item and not available in PCM
self-diagnosis.
쐌 This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indi-
cator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis malfunction.
쐌 This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into
fourth gear position or the torque converter clutch does not
lock up as instructed by the PCM. This is not caused by elec-
trical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by mechanical
malfunction such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid
valve operation, malfunctioning oil pump or torque converter
clutch, etc.
Gear position 1 2 3 4
*: P0734 is detected.
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check items (Possible cause)
AT-314
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Description (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE NIAT0163S04
CAUTION: GI
쐌 Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
쐌 If conducting this “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”
again, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least MA
5 seconds before continuing.
쐌 Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the EM
tachometer.
NOTE:
SAT014K If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCE- LC
DURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting
the next test. EC
TESTING CONDITION:
Always drive vehicle on a level road to improve the accuracy
of test. FE
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
malfunction is eliminated.
CL
With CONSULT-II
1) Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with
SAT971J
CONSULT-II. MT
2) Make sure that output voltage of A/T fluid temperature sensor
is within the range below.
FLUID TEMP SEN: 0.4 - 1.5V
If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm
up the fluid) or stop engine to increase the voltage (cool down
the fluid). AX
3) Select “4TH GR FNCTN P0734” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT”
mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and touch “START”.
SU
4) Accelerate vehicle to 45 to 55 km/h (28 to 34 MPH) under the
following condition and release the accelerator pedal com-
pletely. BR
SAT021J THROTTLE POSI: Less than 5.5/8 (at all times during step
4)
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”) ST
쐌 Check that “GEAR” shows “3” after releasing pedal.
5) Depress accelerator pedal steadily with 1.0/8 - 2.0/8 of
“THROTTLE POSI” from a speed of 45 to 55 km/h (28 to 34 RS
MPH) until “TESTING” has turned to “STOP VEHICLE” or
“COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 3 seconds.)
If the check result NG appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to BT
“Diagnostic Procedure”, AT-318.
If “STOP VEHICLE” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to
following step. HA
쐌 Check that “GEAR” shows “4” when depressing accelera-
tor pedal with 1.0/8 - 2.0/8 of “THROTTLE POSI”.
SC
쐌 If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long
time, select “SELF-DIAGNOSIS” for “ENGINE”. In case a
1st trip DTC other than P0734 is shown, refer to applicable EL
“TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.
6) Stop vehicle.
7) Follow the instruction displayed. (Check for normal shifting IDX
referring to the table below.)
AT-315
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Description (Cont’d)
AT-316
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Wiring Diagram — AT — 4TH
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
WAT099
HA
SC
EL
IDX
LAT281
AT-317
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure
SAT988H
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 9.
No 䊳 GO TO 2.
LAT236
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 GO TO 6.
AT-318
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
WAT168
OK or NG AX
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
NG 䊳 Replace solenoid valve assembly. SU
BT
HA
SC
EL
SAT367H
OK or NG IDX
OK 䊳 GO TO 5.
NG 䊳 Repair control valve.
AT-319
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
WAT170
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 7.
NG 䊳 Replace solenoid valve assembly.
AT-320
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
LC
EC
FE
SAT367H
OK or NG CL
OK 䊳 GO TO 8.
NG 䊳 Repair control valve. MT
9 CHECK DTC
BR
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-315.
OK or NG
ST
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 Perform “Cruise Test — Part 1”, AT-83, again and return to the start point of this test
group. RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-321
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR
FUNCTION QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Component Inspection
Shift solenoid
2 20 - 30Ω
valve A
Shift solenoid
1 Ground 5 - 20Ω
valve B
Line pressure
4 2.5 - 5Ω
solenoid valve
WAT169
WAT168
AT-322
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Description
Description NIAT0167
The torque converter clutch solenoid valve is activated, with the
gear in “D4”, by the PCM in response to signals sent from the GI
vehicle speed and throttle position sensors. Lock-up piston opera-
tion will then be controlled.
Lock-up operation, however, is prohibited when A/T fluid tempera- MA
ture is too low.
When the accelerator pedal is depressed (less than 2/8) in lock-up
condition, the engine speed should not change abruptly. If there is EM
a big jump in engine speed, there is no lock-up.
WAT237 LC
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR
MODE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
NIAT0167S01 EC
Monitor item Condition Specification
FE
Lock-up “OFF” Approximately 4%
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
" "
duty
Lock-up “ON” Approximately 94%
CL
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC NIAT0167S03
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check items (Possible cause)
MT
: TCC SOLENOID/CIRC PCM detects an improper voltage drop 쐌 Harness or connectors
when it tries to operate the solenoid (The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
: P0740 valve. 쐌 T/C clutch solenoid valve
AX
SU
BR
IDX
SAT020K
AT-323
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Wiring Diagram — AT — TCV
WAT100
LAT282
AT-324
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure
EM
LC
EC
LAT171 FE
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 2. CL
NG 䊳 1. Remove oil pan. Refer to “REMOVAL”, AT-433.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
MT
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-326.
쐌 Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
BR
ST
RS
LAT214 BT
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
4. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG HA
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. SC
3 CHECK DTC EL
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-323.
OK or NG IDX
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 1. Perform PCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck PCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
AT-325
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Component Inspection
Torque converter
clutch solenoid 5 Ground 5 - 20Ω
valve
WAT173
WAT174
AT-326
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION
(LOCK-UP) QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Description
Description NIAT0171
쐌 This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item and not available in PCM
self-diagnosis. GI
쐌 This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indi-
cator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis malfunction.
MA
쐌 This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into
fourth gear position or the torque converter clutch does not
lock up as instructed by the PCM. This is not caused by elec- EM
trical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by mechanical
malfunction such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid
valve operation, malfunctioning oil pump or torque converter LC
clutch, etc.
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR
MODE
EC
NIAT0171S01
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-327
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION
(LOCK-UP) QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Description (Cont’d)
*: P0744 is detected.
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check items (Possible cause)
AT-328
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION
(LOCK-UP) QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Description (Cont’d)
4) Accelerate vehicle to more than 80 km/h (50 MPH) and main-
tain the following condition continuously until “TESTING” has
turned to “COMPLETE”. (It will take approximately 30 seconds GI
after “TESTING” shows.)
THROTTLE POSI: 1.0/8 - 2.0/8 (at all times during step 4)
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”) MA
TCC S/V DUTY: More than 94%
VHCL/S SE·A/T: Constant speed of more than 80 km/h (50
MPH) EM
쐌 Check that “GEAR” shows “4”.
쐌 For shift schedule, refer to SDS, AT-540.
SAT021J
쐌 If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long
LC
time, select “SELF-DIAGNOSIS”. In case a 1st trip DTC
other than P0744 is shown, refer to applicable “TROUBLE EC
DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.
5) Make sure that “OK” is displayed. (If “NG” is displayed, refer
to “Diagnostic Procedure”.) FE
Refer to “Diagnostic Procedure”, AT-331.
Refer to “Shift Schedule”, AT-540.
With GST CL
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-329
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION
(LOCK-UP) QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Wiring Diagram — AT — TCCSIG
WAT101
LAT283
AT-330
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION
(LOCK-UP) QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure
MA
EM
LC
EC
SAT988H
Yes or No FE
Yes 䊳 GO TO 10.
No 䊳 GO TO 2. CL
AX
SU
BR
LAT236
OK or NG
ST
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 GO TO 6.
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-331
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION
(LOCK-UP) QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
SAT367H
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
NG 䊳 Repair control valve.
5 CHECK DTC
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-328.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 GO TO 10.CHECK LOCK-UP CONDITION.
AT-332
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION
(LOCK-UP) QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
WAT175 AX
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 7. SU
NG 䊳 Replace solenoid valve assembly.
BR
7 CHECK CONTROL VALVE
1. Disassemble control valve assembly.
Refer to “Control Valve Assembly”, AT-465. ST
2. Check line pressure circuit valves for sticking.
쐌 Pressure regulator valve
쐌 Pilot valve RS
쐌 Pressure modifier valve
BT
HA
SC
EL
SAT367H
OK or NG IDX
OK 䊳 GO TO 8.
NG 䊳 Repair control valve.
AT-333
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION
(LOCK-UP) QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
9 CHECK DTC
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” AT-328.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 GO TO 10. And check for proper lock-up.
SAT989H
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Perform “Cruise Test − Part 1”, AT-83, again and return to the start point of this test
group.
No 䊳 GO TO 11.
AT-334
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION
(LOCK-UP) QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
WAT176
OK or NG AX
OK 䊳 GO TO 12.
NG 䊳 Replace solenoid valve assembly. SU
BT
HA
SC
SAT367H
EL
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 13.
IDX
NG 䊳 Repair control valve.
AT-335
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION
(LOCK-UP) QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
14 CHECK DTC
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-328.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 Perform “Cruise Test — Part 1”, AT-83, again and return to the start point of this test
group.
AT-336
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION
(LOCK-UP) QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Component Inspection
FE
CL
WAT177
MT
Operation Check NIAT0174S0102
쐌 Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
WAT178
SC
EL
IDX
AT-337
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID
VALVE QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Description
Description NIAT0175
The line pressure solenoid valve regulates the oil pump discharge
pressure to suit the driving condition in response to a signal sent
from the PCM.
The line pressure duty cycle value is not consistent when the
closed throttle position switch is “ON”. To confirm the line
pressure duty cycle at low pressure, the accelerator (throttle)
should be open until the closed throttle position switch is
“OFF”.
WAT237
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check items (Possible cause)
SAT020K
AT-338
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID
VALVE QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Wiring Diagram — AT — LPSV
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
WAT102
HA
SC
EL
IDX
LAT284
AT-339
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID
VALVE QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure
LAT179
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 2.
NG 䊳 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-433.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Line pressure solenoid valve
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-342.
쐌 Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
LAT215
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Check the following items:
쐌 Dropping resistor
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-342.
쐌 Harness for short or open between PCM terminal 19 and terminal cord assembly
(Main harness)
AT-340
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID
VALVE QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
EC
LAT216
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
3. Reinstall any part removed. FE
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4. CL
NG 䊳 Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
MT
4 CHECK DTC
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-338.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
AX
NG 䊳 1. Perform PCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck PCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-341
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID
VALVE QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Component Inspection
Line pressure
4 Ground 2.5 - 5Ω
solenoid valve
WAT182
WAT183
SAT444J
AT-342
DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Description
Description NIAT0179
Shift solenoid valves A and B are turned “ON” or “OFF” by the PCM
in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle speed and GI
throttle position sensors. Gears will then be shifted to the optimum
position.
MA
EM
WAT237 LC
Gear position 1 2 3 4
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check items (Possible cause) CL
: SFT SOL A/CIRC PCM detects an improper voltage drop 쐌 Harness or connectors
when it tries to operate the solenoid (The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
: P0750 valve. 쐌 Shift solenoid valve A
MT
AX
SU
BR
SAT020K
AT-343
DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/A
WAT103
LAT280
AT-344
DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure
EM
LC
EC
LAT184 FE
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 2. CL
NG 䊳 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to “REMOVAL”, AT-433.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Shift solenoid valve A
MT
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-346.
쐌 Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
BR
ST
RS
LAT217 BT
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
4. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG HA
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. SC
3 CHECK DTC EL
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-343.
OK or NG IDX
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 1. Perform PCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck PCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
AT-345
DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Component Inspection
Shift solenoid
2 Ground 20 - 30Ω
valve A
WAT186
WAT187
AT-346
DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE B QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Description
Description NIAT0183
Shift solenoid valves A and B are turned “ON” or “OFF” by the PCM
in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle speed and GI
throttle position sensors. Gears will then be shifted to the optimum
position.
MA
EM
WAT237 LC
Gear position 1 2 3 4
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check items (Possible cause) CL
: SFT SOL B/CIRC PCM detects an improper voltage drop 쐌 Harness or connectors
when it tries to operate the solenoid (The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
: P0755 valve. 쐌 Shift solenoid valve B
MT
AX
SU
BR
SAT020K
AT-347
DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE B QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/B
WAT104
LAT279
AT-348
DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE B QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure
EM
LC
EC
LAT188 FE
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 2. CL
NG 䊳 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to “REMOVAL”, AT-433.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Shift solenoid valve B
MT
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-350.
쐌 Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
BR
ST
RS
LAT218 BT
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
4. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG HA
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. SC
3 CHECK DTC EL
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-347.
OK or NG IDX
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 1. Perform PCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck PCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
AT-349
DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE B QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Component Inspection
Shift solenoid
1 Ground 5 - 20Ω
valve B
WAT190
WAT191
AT-350
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Description
Description NIAT0187
쐌 Throttle position sensor
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position GI
and sends a signal to the PCM.
쐌 Throttle position switch
Consists of a wide open throttle position switch and a closed
MA
throttle position switch.
The wide open throttle position switch sends a signal to the
PCM when the throttle valve is open at least 1/2 of the full
EM
throttle position. The closed throttle position switch sends a
SAT413J signal to the PCM when the throttle valve is fully closed. LC
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR
MODE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
NIAT0187S01
EC
Monitor item Condition Specification
FE
Fully-closed throttle Approximately 0.5V
Throttle position sensor
Fully-open throttle Approximately 4V
CL
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC NIAT0187S03
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check items (Possible cause) MT
: TP SEN/CIRC A/T 쐌 Harness or connectors
PCM receives an excessively low or high (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
: P1705 voltage from the sensor. 쐌 Throttle position sensor
쐌 Throttle position switch
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-351
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Description (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE NIAT0187S04
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCE-
DURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting
the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
SAT014K malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1) Apply vacuum to the throttle opener, then check the following.
Refer to steps from 1 to 5 of “Preparation”, “TCM/PCM Self-
diagnostic Procedure (No Tools)”, AT-52.
2) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3) Check the following.
Accelerator pedal
THRTL POS SEN CLOSED THL/SW W/O THRL/P·SW
condition
AT-352
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Wiring Diagram — AT — TPS
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
WAT105
HA
SC
EL
IDX
LAT285
AT-353
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure
SAT614J
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
NG 䊳 Check harness for short or open circuit between PCM and throttle position sensor. (Main
harness)
AT-354
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
LC
EC
FE
LAT219 CL
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 5. MT
NG 䊳 Check harness for short or open circuit between PCM and throttle position sensor. (Main
harness)
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-355
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
MTBL0011
SAT702J
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 6.
NG 䊳 Check the following items:
쐌 Throttle position switch — Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-358.
쐌 Harness for short or open between ignition switch and throttle position switch (Main
harness)
쐌 Harness for short or open between throttle position switch and PCM (Main harness)
AT-356
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
LC
EC
FE
LAT220 CL
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 6. MT
NG 䊳 Check the following items:
쐌 Throttle position switch — Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-358.
쐌 Harness for short or open between ignition switch and throttle position switch (Main
harness)
쐌 Harness for short or open between throttle position switch and PCM (Main harness)
AX
6 CHECK DTC
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-352. SU
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END BR
NG 䊳 1. Perform PCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck PCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector. ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-357
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Component Inspection
Released Yes
LAT193 Depressed No
Released No
Depressed Yes
LAT194
AT-358
DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Description
Description NIAT0191
The overrun clutch solenoid valve is activated by the PCM in
response to signals sent from the inhibitor switch, overdrive con- GI
trol switch, vehicle speed and throttle position sensors. The over-
run clutch operation will then be controlled.
MA
EM
WAT237 LC
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC NIAT0191S02
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check items (Possible cause) EC
: O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC PCM detects an improper voltage drop 쐌 Harness or connectors
when it tries to operate the solenoid (The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.) FE
: P1760 valve. 쐌 Overrun clutch solenoid valve
CL
MT
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE NIAT0191S03
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
AX
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCE-
DURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting
SU
the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: BR
SAT014K Always drive vehicle on a level road to improve accuracy of
test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the ST
malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode RS
for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
2) Start engine. BT
3) Accelerate vehicle to a speed of more than 10 km/h (6 MPH)
with “D” position (OD “ON”).
4) Release accelerator pedal completely with “D” position (OD HA
SAT020K “OFF”).
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”. SC
EL
IDX
AT-359
DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Wiring Diagram — AT — OVRCSV
WAT106
LAT286
AT-360
DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure
EM
LC
EC
LAT195 FE
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 2. CL
NG 䊳 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to “REMOVAL”, AT-433.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Overrun clutch solenoid valve
MT
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-362.
쐌 Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
BR
ST
RS
LAT221 BT
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
4. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG HA
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. SC
3 CHECK DTC EL
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-359.
OK or NG IDX
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 1. Perform PCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck PCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
AT-361
DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Component Inspection
Overrun clutch
3 Ground 20 - 30Ω
solenoid valve
WAT197
WAT198
AT-362
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND
TCM POWER SOURCE) QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Description
Description NIAT0195
The A/T fluid temperature sensor detects the A/T fluid temperature
and sends a signal to the PCM. GI
MA
EM
WAT237 LC
EC
FE
CL
SAT021J
MT
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR
MODE NIAT0195S01
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-363
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND
TCM POWER SOURCE) QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Description (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE NIAT0195S04
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1) Start engine.
2) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3) Drive vehicle under the following conditions:
Selector lever in “D”, vehicle speed higher than 20 km/h (12
MPH).
SAT014K
Without CONSULT-II
1) Start engine.
2) Drive vehicle under the following conditions:
Selector lever in “D”, vehicle speed higher than 20 km/h (12
MPH).
3) Perform self-diagnosis.
Refer to “TCM/PCM Self-diagnostic Procedure (No Tools)”,
AT-52.
SAT971J
WAT222
AT-364
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND
TCM POWER SOURCE) QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Wiring Diagram — AT — BA/FTS
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
WAT107
HA
SC
EL
IDX
LAT287
AT-365
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND
TCM POWER SOURCE) QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure
LAT223
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 2.
NG 䊳 Check the following items:
쐌 Harness for short or open between ignition switch and PCM (Main harness)
쐌 Ignition switch and fuse
Refer to EL-9, “POWER SUPPLY ROUTING”.
LAT200
4. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II) 䊳 GO TO 3.
OK (Without CONSULT- 䊳 GO TO 4.
II)
NG 䊳 1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 A/T fluid temperature sensor
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-368.
쐌 Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
AT-366
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND
TCM POWER SOURCE) QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
LC
EC
FE
SAT614J
CL
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 5.
MT
NG 䊳 Check the following item:
쐌 Harness for short or open between PCM and terminal cord assembly (Main harness)
쐌 Ground circuit for PCM
Refer to EC-170, “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY”.
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-367
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND
TCM POWER SOURCE) QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
LAT209
3. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
4. Disconnect PCM harness connector.
5. Check resistance between terminal 58 and ground.
LAT210
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 5.
NG 䊳 Check the following item:
쐌 Harness for short or open between PCM and terminal cord assembly (Main harness)
쐌 Ground circuit for PCM
Refer to EC-170, “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY”.
5 CHECK DTC
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-364.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 1. Perform PCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck PCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
AT-368
DTC VHCL SPEED SEN·MTR VEHICLE SPEED
SENSOR·MTR QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Description
Description NIAT0199
The vehicle speed sensor·MTR is built into the speedometer
assembly. The sensor functions as an auxiliary device to the revo- GI
lution sensor when it is malfunctioning. The PCM will then use a
signal sent from the vehicle speed sensor·MTR.
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
LAT199
MT
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC NIAT0199S02
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check items (Possible cause)
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-369
DTC VHCL SPEED SEN·MTR VEHICLE SPEED
SENSOR·MTR QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Description (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE NIAT0199S03
CAUTION:
쐌 Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
쐌 If conducting this “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”
again, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least
5 seconds before continuing.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
SAT014K
1) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
2) Start engine and accelerate vehicle from 0 to 25 km/h (0 to 16
MPH).
Without CONSULT-II
1) Start engine.
2) Drive vehicle under the following conditions:
Selector lever in “D” and vehicle speed higher than 25 km/h (16
MPH).
3) Perform self-diagnosis.
Refer to “TCM/PCM Self-diagnostic Procedure (No Tools)”,
SAT971J AT-52.
SAT329HA
AT-370
DTC VHCL SPEED SEN·MTR VEHICLE SPEED
SENSOR·MTR QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSMTR
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
WAT108
HA
SC
EL
IDX
LAT288
AT-371
DTC VHCL SPEED SEN·MTR VEHICLE SPEED
SENSOR·MTR QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure
SAT614J
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between PCM terminal 86 and ground while driving at 2 to 3 km/h (1 to 2 MPH) for 1 m (3 ft) or more.
LAT224
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 2.
NG 䊳 Check the following items:
쐌 Vehicle speed sensor and ground circuit for vehicle speed sensor
Refer to EL-85, “METERS AND GAUGES”.
쐌 Harness for short or open between PCM and vehicle speed sensor (Main harness)
2 CHECK DTC
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-370.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 1. Perform PCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck PCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
AT-372
DTC CONTROL UNIT (RAM),
CONTROL UNIT (ROM) QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Description
Description NIAT0202
The PCM consists of a microcomputer and connector for signal
input and output and for power supply. The unit controls the A/T. GI
MA
EM
LAT137 LC
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC NIAT0202S01
Diagnostic Trouble Code No. Malfunction is detected when .... Check Item (Possible Cause) EC
: CONTROL UNIT (RAM), PCM memory (RAM) or (ROM) is mal-
쐌 PCM
CONTROL UNIT (ROM) functioning. FE
CL
MT
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE NIAT0202S02
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCE-
DURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition AX
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting
the next test.
With CONSULT-II
SU
1) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
for A/T with CONSULT-II. BR
SAT014K 2) Start engine.
3) Run engine for at least 2 seconds at idle speed.
ST
RS
BT
HA
SAT971J
AT-373
DTC CONTROL UNIT (RAM),
CONTROL UNIT (ROM) QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
2 CHECK DTC
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-373.
䊳 GO TO 3.
AT-374
DTC CONTROL UNIT
(EEP ROM) QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Description
Description NIAT0204
The PCM consists of a microcomputer and connector for signal
input and output and for power supply. The unit controls the A/T. GI
MA
EM
LAT137 LC
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC NIAT0204S01
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check item (Possible cause) EC
: CONT UNIT (EEP ROM) PCM memory (EEP ROM) is malfunction-
쐌 PCM
ing. FE
CL
MT
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE NIAT0204S02
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCE-
DURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition AX
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting
the next test.
With CONSULT-II
SU
1) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
for A/T with CONSULT-II. BR
SAT014K 2) Start engine.
3) Run engine for at least 2 seconds at idle speed.
ST
RS
BT
HA
SAT971J
SC
EL
IDX
AT-375
DTC CONTROL UNIT
(EEP ROM) QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Diagnostic Procedure
1 CHECK DTC
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “SELF DIAGNOSIS” mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
2. Move selector lever to “R” position.
3. Depress accelerator pedal (Full throttle position).
4. Touch “ERASE”.
5. Turn ignition switch “OFF” position for 10 seconds.
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-373.
Is the “CONT UNIT (EEP ROM)” displayed again?
Yes 䊳 Replace PCM.
No 䊳 INSPECTION END
AT-376
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Wiring Diagram — AT — NONDTC
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
WAT109
HA
SC
EL
IDX
LAT289
AT-377
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Wiring Diagram — AT — NONDTC (Cont’d)
WAT110
LAT290
AT-378
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
Wiring Diagram — AT — NONDTC (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
WAT111
HA
SC
EL
IDX
LAT291
AT-379
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
1. O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On
WAT240
LAT223
3. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
4. Check voltage between PCM terminal 67 and ground.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 2.
NG 䊳 Check the following items:
쐌 Harness for short or open between ignition switch and PCM (Main harness) Refer to
“Wiring Diagram — AT — MAIN”, AT-272.
쐌 Ignition switch and fuse Refer to EL-9, “POWER SUPPLY ROUTING”.
AT-380
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
1. O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On (Cont’d)
EM
LC
EC
LAT225
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. FE
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3. CL
NG 䊳 Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Refer
to “Wiring Diagram — AT — MAIN”, AT-272.
MT
3 CHECK LAMP CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
2. Check resistance between PCM terminals 25 and 109.
AX
SU
BR
ST
LAT226
3. Reinstall any part removed.
RS
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
BT
NG 䊳 Check the following items:
쐌 O/D OFF indicator lamp.
Refer to EL-85, “METERS AND GAUGES”. HA
쐌 Harness and fuse for short or open between ignition switch and O/D OFF indicator
lamp (Main harness)
Refer to EL-9, “POWER SUPPLY ROUTING”.
쐌 Harness for short or open between O/D OFF indicator lamp and PCM.
SC
EL
IDX
AT-381
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
1. O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On (Cont’d)
4 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 1. Perform PCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck PCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
AT-382
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
2. Engine Cannot Be Started In “P” and “N” Position
FE
CL
MT
SAT367J
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Check PNP switch circuit. Refer to “DTC P0705”, AT-275.
AX
No 䊳 GO TO 2.
ST
RS
BT
WAT203 HA
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3. SC
NG 䊳 Repair or replace PNP switch.
EL
3 CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
Check starting system. Refer to SC-6, “STARTING SYSTEM”.
IDX
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT-383
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
3. In “P” Position, Vehicle Moves Forward Or Backward When Pushed
SAT282F
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT-384
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
4. In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves
EC
FE
CL
SAT367J
Yes or No MT
Yes 䊳 Check PNP switch circuit. Refer to “DTC P0705”, AT-275.
No 䊳 GO TO 2.
SU
BR
ST
RS
SAT023JB
OK or NG
BT
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-434.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-385
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
4. In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves (Cont’d)
SAT638A
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
NG 䊳 Refill ATF.
SAT171B
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 5.
NG 䊳 1. Disassemble A/T.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Forward clutch assembly
쐌 Overrun clutch assembly
쐌 Reverse clutch assembly
5 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 1. Perform PCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck PCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
AT-386
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
5. Large Shock. “N” → “R” Position
EM
LC
EC
FE
SAT345HA
Yes or No CL
Yes 䊳 Check damaged circuit. Refer to “DTC P0710, P0745 or P1705”, AT-280, 338 or 351.
No 䊳 GO TO 2. MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
LEC279
OK or NG
RS
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Repair or replace throttle position sensor.
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-387
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
5. Large Shock. “N” → “R” Position (Cont’d)
SAT494G
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
NG 䊳 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to “REMOVAL”, AT-433.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot
valve and pilot filter)
쐌 Line pressure solenoid valve
4 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 1. Perform PCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck PCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
AT-388
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position
LC
EC
FE
SAT638A
OK or NG CL
OK 䊳 GO TO 2.
NG 䊳 Refill ATF. MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
SAT493G
OK or NG
RS
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
OK in “1” position, NG in 䊳 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to “REMOVAL”, AT-433.
“R” position 2. Check the following items: BT
쐌 Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot
valve and pilot filter)
쐌 Line pressure solenoid valve HA
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items:
쐌 Oil pump assembly SC
쐌 Torque converter
쐌 Reverse clutch assembly
쐌 High clutch assembly EL
NG in both “1” and “R” 䊳 GO TO 6.
positions
IDX
AT-389
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position (Cont’d)
SAT494G
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
NG 䊳 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to “REMOVAL”, AT-433.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot
valve and pilot filter)
쐌 Line pressure solenoid valve
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following item:
쐌 Oil pump assembly
SAT171B
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 5.
NG 䊳 GO TO 6.
5 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 1. Perform PCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck PCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
AT-390
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position (Cont’d)
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-391
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position
SAT638A
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 2.
NG 䊳 Refill ATF.
SAT493G
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 GO TO 6.
AT-392
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
SAT494G
EC
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
NG 䊳 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to “REMOVAL”, AT-433.
FE
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot
valve and pilot filter)
CL
쐌 Line pressure solenoid valve
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following item:
MT
쐌 Oil pump assembly
SU
BR
ST
SAT171B
RS
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 5. BT
NG 䊳 GO TO 6.
HA
5 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. SC
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END EL
NG 䊳 1. Perform PCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck PCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector. IDX
AT-393
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position (Cont’d)
AT-394
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1
FE
CL
MT
SAT934FB
Yes or No
AX
Yes 䊳 Check damaged circuit. Refer to “DTC P0720, P0750, P0755 or VHCL SPEED
SEN·MTR”, AT-286, 343, 347 or 369.
No 䊳 GO TO 3. SU
RS
BT
HA
LEC279
OK or NG SC
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
NG 䊳 Repair or replace throttle position sensor. EL
IDX
AT-395
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 (Cont’d)
SAT494G
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 5.
NG 䊳 GO TO 8.
SAT171B
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 6.
NG 䊳 GO TO 8.
AT-396
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 (Cont’d)
7 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. GI
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END MA
NG 䊳 1. Perform PCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck PCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector. EM
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-397
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 → D2
SAT367J
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Check PNP switch circuit. Refer to “DTC P0705”, AT-275.
No 䊳 GO TO 3.
3 CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T AND CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR CIRCUIT
Check vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR circuit. Refer to “DTC P0720 and
VHCL SPEED SEN·MTR”, AT-286, AT-369.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
NG 䊳 Repair or replace vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed
sensor·MTR circuits.
AT-398
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 → D2 (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
LEC279 EC
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 5. FE
NG 䊳 Repair or replace throttle position sensor.
CL
5 CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition. MT
AX
SU
SAT171B BR
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 6. ST
NG 䊳 GO TO 8.
RS
6 DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Remove control valve. Refer to “REMOVAL”, AT-433.
2. Check the following items:
BT
쐌 Shift valve A
쐌 Shift solenoid valve A
쐌 Pilot valve
HA
쐌 Pilot filter
OK or NG SC
OK 䊳 GO TO 7.
NG 䊳 Repair or replace damaged parts. EL
IDX
AT-399
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 → D2 (Cont’d)
7 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 1. Perform PCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck PCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
AT-400
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3
CL
MT
AX
SAT367J
Yes or No SU
Yes 䊳 Check PNP switch circuit. Refer to “DTC P0705”, AT-275.
No 䊳 GO TO 3.
BR
3 CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
ST
Check throttle position sensor. Refer to EC-201, “DTC P0120 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR”.
RS
BT
HA
SC
LEC279
OK or NG
EL
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
NG 䊳 Repair or replace throttle position sensor.
IDX
AT-401
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3 (Cont’d)
SAT171B
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 5.
NG 䊳 GO TO 7.
6 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 1. Perform PCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck PCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
AT-402
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3 (Cont’d)
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-403
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
11. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4
SAT363HC
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Check damaged circuit. Refer to “DTC P0705, P0710, P0720, P0750, P0755 or VHCL
SPEED SEN·MTR”, AT-275, 280, 286, 343, 347 or 369.
No 䊳 GO TO 3.
AT-404
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
11. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4 (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
LEC279 EC
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4. FE
NG 䊳 Repair or replace throttle position sensor.
CL
4 CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition. MT
AX
SU
SAT171B BR
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 5. ST
NG 䊳 GO TO 7.
RS
5 DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to “REMOVAL”, AT-433.
2. Check the following items:
BT
쐌 Shift valve B
쐌 Overrun clutch control valve
쐌 Shift solenoid valve B
HA
쐌 Pilot valve
쐌 Pilot filter
SC
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 6.
EL
NG 䊳 Repair or replace damaged parts.
IDX
AT-405
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
11. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4 (Cont’d)
6 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 1. Perform PCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck PCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
AT-406
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
12. A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up
EM
LC
EC
SAT346H
FE
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Check torque converter clutch solenoid valve circuit. Refer to “DTC P0740”, AT-323. CL
No 䊳 GO TO 2.
MT
2 CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Check throttle position sensor. Refer to EC-201, “DTC P0120 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR”.
AX
SU
BR
LEC279 ST
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3. RS
NG 䊳 Repair or replace throttle position sensor.
BT
3 DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Remove control valve. Refer to “REMOVAL”, AT-433.
2. Check following items:
HA
쐌 Torque converter clutch control valve
쐌 Torque converter relief valve
쐌 Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
SC
쐌 Pilot valve
쐌 Pilot filter
EL
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
IDX
NG 䊳 Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT-407
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
12. A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up (Cont’d)
4 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 1. Perform PCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck PCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
AT-408
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
13. A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition
EM
LC
EC
SAT347H
FE
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Check engine speed signal circuit. Refer to “DTC P0725”, AT-291. CL
No 䊳 GO TO 2.
MT
2 CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
AX
SU
BR
ST
SAT171B
OK or NG
RS
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 GO TO 5.
BT
3 DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to “REMOVAL”, AT-433. HA
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Torque converter clutch control valve
쐌 Pilot valve SC
쐌 Pilot filter
OK or NG EL
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
NG 䊳 Repair or replace damaged parts.
IDX
AT-409
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
13. A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition (Cont’d)
4 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 1. Perform PCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck PCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
AT-410
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
14. Lock-up Is Not Released
LC
EC
FE
CL
SAT367J
Yes or No
MT
Yes 䊳 Check closed throttle position switch circuit. Refer to “DTC P0705”, AT-275.
No 䊳 GO TO 2.
2 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. AX
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END SU
NG 䊳 1. Perform PCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck PCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-411
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 → D3)
SAT348H
Yes or NO
Yes 䊳 Check overrun clutch solenoid valve circuit. Refer to “DTC P1760”, AT-359.
No 䊳 GO TO 2.
LEC279
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Repair or replace throttle position sensor.
AT-412
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 → D3) (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
SAT171B
EC
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
FE
NG 䊳 GO TO 6.
CL
4 DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to “REMOVAL”, AT-433. MT
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Overrun clutch control valve
쐌 Overrun clutch reducing valve
쐌 Overrun clutch solenoid valve
OK or NG
AX
OK 䊳 GO TO 5.
NG 䊳 Repair or replace damaged parts.
SU
5 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
BR
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END ST
NG 䊳 1. Perform PCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck PCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con- RS
nector.
AT-413
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
16. Vehicle Does Not Start From D1
SAT934FA
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Check damaged circuit. Refer to “DTC P0720, P0750, P0755 or VHCL SPEED
SEN·MTR”, AT-286, 343, 347 or 369.
No 䊳 GO TO 2.
2 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 Go to 8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1, AT-395.
NG 䊳 1. Perform PCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck PCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
AT-414
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
17. A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D3, When Overdrive Control Switch “ON” → “OFF”
EC
FE
CL
SAT344H MT
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Check overdrive control switch circuit. Refer to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”, AT-419.
No 䊳 Go to “10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2, D3”, AT-401.
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-415
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
18. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → 22, When Selector Lever “D” → “2” Position
SAT367J
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Check PNP switch circuit. Refer to “DTC P0705”, AT-275.
No 䊳 Go to “9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1, D2 or Does Not Kickdown: D4, D2”, AT-398.
AT-416
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
19. A/T Does Not Shift: 22 → 11, When Selector Lever “2” → “1” Position
EC
FE
CL
SAT367J MT
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Check PNP switch circuit. Refer to “DTC P0705”, AT-275.
No 䊳 GO TO 2.
AX
2 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
SU
BR
ST
RS
SAT778B BT
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END HA
NG 䊳 1. Perform PCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck PCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector. SC
EL
IDX
AT-417
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
20. Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake
LEC279
AT-418
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
21. PCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP, Overdrive Control and Throttle Position Switches Circuit Checks) (Cont’d)
LC
EC
FE
SAT701J CL
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3. MT
NG 䊳 Check the following items:
쐌 PNP switch (Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-422.)
쐌 Harness for short or open between ignition switch and PNP switch (Main harness)
쐌 Harness for short or open between PNP switch and PCM (Main harness)
쐌 Diode (P, N positions)
AX
2 CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT (Without CONSULT-II)
Without CONSULT-II SU
1. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position. (Do not start engine.)
2. Check voltage between PCM terminals 42, 60, 68, 69, 78 and ground while moving selector lever through each posi-
tion. BR
Voltage:
B: Battery voltage
0: 0V ST
RS
BT
HA
WAT207 SC
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4. EL
NG 䊳 Check the following items:
쐌 PNP switch (Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-422.)
쐌 Harness for short or open between ignition switch and PNP switch (Main harness)
IDX
쐌 Harness for short or open between PNP switch and PCM (Main harness)
쐌 Diode (P, N positions)
AT-419
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
21. PCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP, Overdrive Control and Throttle Position Switches Circuit Checks) (Cont’d)
SAT645J
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 5.
NG 䊳 Check the following items:
쐌 Overdrive control switch (Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-422.)
쐌 Harness for short or open between PCM and overdrive control switch (Main harness)
쐌 Harness of ground circuit for overdrive control switch (Main harness) for short or open
LAT227
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 6.
NG 䊳 Check the following items:
쐌 Overdrive control switch (Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-422.)
쐌 Harness for short or open between PCM and overdrive control switch (Main harness)
쐌 Harness of ground circuit for overdrive control switch (Main harness) for short or open
AT-420
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
21. PCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP, Overdrive Control and Throttle Position Switches Circuit Checks) (Cont’d)
LC
EC
MTBL0011
FE
CL
MT
SAT702J
OK or NG AX
OK 䊳 GO TO 7.
NG 䊳 Check the following items:
쐌 Throttle position switch — Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-422.
SU
쐌 Harness for short or open between ignition switch and throttle position switch (Main
harness)
쐌 Harness for short or open between throttle position switch and PCM (Main harness) BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-421
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
21. PCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP, Overdrive Control and Throttle Position Switches Circuit Checks) (Cont’d)
LAT220
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 7.
NG 䊳 Check the following items:
쐌 Throttle position switch — Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-422.
쐌 Harness for short or open between ignition switch and throttle position switch (Main
harness)
쐌 Harness for short or open between throttle position switch and PCM (Main harness)
7 CHECK DTC
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”, AT-419.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 쐌 Perform PCM input/output signal inspection.
쐌 If NG, recheck PCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
RELEASED No
DEPRESSED Yes
WAT205
AT-422
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
21. PCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP, Overdrive Control and Throttle Position Switches Circuit Checks) (Cont’d)
PNP Switch NIAT0227S0302
1. Check continuity between terminals 1 and 2 and between ter-
minals 3 and 4, 5, 6, 8 while moving manual shaft through each GI
position.
Lever position Terminal No. MA
P — 1—2
R 3—8 EM
N — 1—2
D 3—6 LC
2 3—5
1 3—4 EC
FE
CL
WAT208
MT
2. If NG, check again with manual control cable disconnected
from manual shaft of A/T assembly. Refer to step 1.
3. If OK on step 2, adjust manual control cable. Refer to “Control
Cable Adjustment”, AT-434.
4. If NG on step 2, remove PNP switch from A/T and check con- AX
tinuity of PNP switch terminals. Refer to step 1.
5. If OK on step 4, adjust PNP switch. Refer to “Park/Neutral
Position (PNP) Switch Adjustment”, AT-434. SU
6. If NG on step 4, replace PNP switch.
BR
SAT089JA
Depressed No
HA
LAT193 쐌 To adjust closed throttle position switch, refer to EC-464, “DTC
P0510 CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH”. SC
EL
IDX
AT-423
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA)
21. PCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP, Overdrive Control and Throttle Position Switches Circuit Checks) (Cont’d)
Wide open throttle position switch
쐌 Check continuity between terminals 4 and 5.
Accelerator pedal condition Continuity
Released No
Depressed Yes
LAT194
AT-424
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
Description
Description NIAT0127
쐌 The mechanical key interlock mechanism also operates as a shift lock:
With the key switch turned to ON, the selector lever cannot be shifted from “P” (parking) to any other GI
position unless the brake pedal is depressed.
With the key removed, the selector lever cannot be shifted from “P” to any other position.
The key cannot be removed unless the selector lever is placed in “P”. MA
쐌 The shift lock and key interlock mechanisms are controlled by the ON-OFF operation of the shift lock
solenoid and by the operation of the rotator and slider located inside the key cylinder. EM
Shift Lock System Electrical Parts Location NIAT0128
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
SAT862J IDX
AT-425
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram — SHIFT —
WAT134
AT-426
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
Diagnostic Procedure
ST
RS
BT
LAT228
HA
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
SC
NG 䊳 Check the following items:
1. Harness for short or open between battery and stop lamp switch harness terminal +
2. 10A fuse No. 2 [located in the fuse block (J/B)]
3. Ignition switch (Refer to EL-9, “POWER SUPPLY ROUTING”.)
EL
IDX
AT-427
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
LAT229
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 5.
NG 䊳 Check the following items:
1. Harness for short and open between battery and stop lamp switch harness connector
1.
2. Harness for short or open between stop lamp switch harness connector 2 and A/T
device harness connector 7.
3. Fuse
4. Stop lamp switch (Refer to “Component Check”, AT-430.)
LAT230
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 6.
NG 䊳 Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
AT-428
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
EC
LAT231
OK or NG
FE
OK 䊳 GO TO 7.
NG 䊳 Replace A/T device.
CL
7 CHECK PARK POSITION SWITCH
Refer to “A/T DEVICE CHECK”, AT-430. MT
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 8.
NG 䊳 Replace A/T device.
AX
8 CHECK SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID
Refer to “A/T DEVICE CHECK”, AT-430. SU
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 9. BR
NG 䊳 Replace A/T device.
ST
9 SHIFT LOCK OPERATION
1. Reconnect shift lock harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch from “OFF” to “ON” position. (Do not start engine.) RS
3. Recheck shift lock operation.
OK or NG BT
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
NG 䊳 1. Perform A/T device input/output signal inspection test. HA
2. If NG, recheck harness connector connection.
SC
EL
IDX
AT-429
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
Depressed No
Released Yes
Except above 0Ω
LAT232
LAT233
AT-430
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
Components
Components NIAT0131
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
WAT242
BR
CAUTION:
쐌 Install key interlock cable in such a way that it will not be
damaged by sharp bends, twists or interference with adja- ST
cent parts.
쐌 After installing key interlock cable to control device, make
sure that casing cap and bracket are firmly secured in RS
their positions.
BT
HA
Removal NIAT0132
SC
1. Unlock slider by squeezing lock tabs on slider from adjuster
holder and remove interlock rod from cable.
EL
IDX
SAT853J
AT-431
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
Removal (Cont’d)
2. Remove lock plate from steering lock assembly and remove
key interlock cable.
SAT854J
Installation NIAT0133
1. Turn ignition key to lock position.
2. Set A/T selector lever to P position.
3. Set key interlock cable to steering lock assembly and install
lock plate.
4. Clamp cable to steering column and attach to control cable
with band.
SAT854J
SAT804E
SAT805E
AT-432
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators
EM
SAT992C LC
3. Disconnect A/T solenoid valve harness connector.
EC
FE
CL
AAT264A
MT
4. Remove stopper ring from A/T solenoid harness terminal body.
5. Remove A/T solenoid harness by pushing terminal body into
transmission case.
AX
SU
BR
AAT265A
Number of bolts 5 6 2 BT
쐌 Be careful not to drop manual valve and servo release
accumulator return springs. HA
7. Disassemble and inspect control valve assembly if necessary.
Refer to “COMPONENTS”, AT-465. SC
EL
IDX
AAT260A
AT-433
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators (Cont’d)
8. Remove servo release and N-D accumulators by applying
compressed air if necessary.
쐌 Hold each piston with a clean, lint-free towel.
SAT935J
INSTALLATION NIAT0235S02
쐌 Tighten fixing bolts to specification.
: 7 - 9 N·m (0.7 - 0.9 kg-m, 61 - 78 in-lb)
쐌 Set manual shaft in Neutral position, then align manual
plate with groove in manual valve.
쐌 After installing control valve assembly to transmission
case, make sure that selector lever can be moved to all
positions.
SAT497H
AAT980
SAT479J
AT-434
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Adjustment (Cont’d)
4. Use a 4 mm (0.157 in) pin for this adjustment.
a. Insert the pin straight into the manual shaft adjustment hole.
b. Rotate PNP switch until the pin can also be inserted straight GI
into hole in PNP switch.
5. Tighten PNP switch fixing bolts.
6. Remove pin from adjustment hole after adjusting PNP switch.
MA
7. Reinstall any part removed.
8. Adjust control cable. Refer to “Control Cable Adjustment”, EM
AT-434.
9. Check continuity of PNP switch. Refer to “Component
SAT480J
Inspection”, AT-119. LC
Differential Side Oil Seal Replacement NIAT0238
1. Remove drive shaft assemblies using Tool. Refer to AX-10, EC
“DRIVE SHAFT”.
2. Remove oil seals.
FE
CL
SAT905D
MT
3. Install oil seals using Tool.
쐌 Apply ATF to oil seal surface before installing.
AX
SU
BR
AAT976
쐌 Install oil seals so that dimensions “A” and “B” are within
specifications. ST
Unit: mm (in)
A B RS
5.5 - 6.5 (0.217 - 0.256) −0.5 to 0.5 (−0.020 to 0.020)
HA
WAT141
SAT303G
AT-435
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
Removal
Removal NIAT0240
CAUTION:
Before separating transaxle from engine, remove the crank-
shaft position sensor (POS) from transaxle. Be careful not to
damage sensor.
1. Remove battery and bracket.
2. Remove air duct between throttle body and air cleaner.
3. Disconnect terminal cord assembly, PNP switch harness con-
nector and revolution sensor harness connector.
4. Remove crankshaft position sensor (POS) from transaxle
(SR20DE).
SAT501HA
AAT469
AT-436
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
Removal (Cont’d)
14. Remove rear plate cover.
15. Remove torque converter bolts.
Rotate crankshaft to gain access to securing bolts. GI
16. Remove rear transaxle to engine bracket. Refer to EM-49
(QG18DE), EM-127 (SR20DE), “Removal and Installation”.
17. Support engine with a jack. MA
18. Remove rear transaxle mount. Refer to EM-49 (QG18DE),
EM-127 (SR20DE), “Removal and Installation”. EM
19. Remove lower bolts fixing transaxle to engine.
20. Lower transaxle while supporting it with a jack.
AAT259A LC
Installation NIAT0241
1. Check drive plate runout. EC
CAUTION:
Do not allow any magnetic materials to contact the ring gear
teeth. FE
Maximum allowable runout:
Refer to EM-76 (QG18DE), EM-153 (SR20DE),
“FLYWHEEL/DRIVE PLATE RUNOUT”.
CL
쐌 If this runout is out of allowance, replace drive plate with ring
gear. MT
SAT977H
SU
BR
SAT573D
BT
HA
AAT266A
Bolt No.
Tightening torque Bolt length “ ” EL
N·m (kg-m, ft-lb) mm (in)
AT-437
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
Installation (Cont’d)
SR20DE Model
Tightening torque Bolt length “ ”
Bolt No.
N·m (kg-m, ft-lb) mm (in)
AT-438
OVERHAUL
Components
Components NIAT0242
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
WAT140
AT-439
OVERHAUL
Components (Cont’d)
SAT936J
AT-440
OVERHAUL
Components (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
WAT244
AT-441
OVERHAUL
Oil Channel
WAT245
AT-442
OVERHAUL
Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings, Thrust Washers and Snap Rings
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
WAT246
AT-443
NIAT0245
DISASSEMBLY
WAT247
SAT008D
SAT009D
SAT586H
AT-444
DISASSEMBLY
MA
EM
SAT023JB LC
7. Remove oil pan and oil pan gasket.
쐌 Do not reuse oil pan bolts.
EC
8. Check foreign materials in oil pan to help determine cause of
malfunction. If the fluid is very dark, smells burned, or contains
foreign particles, the frictional material (clutches, band) may FE
need replacement. A tacky film that will not wipe clean indi-
cates varnish build up. Varnish can cause valves, servo, and
clutches to stick and may inhibit pump pressure. CL
쐌 If frictional material is detected, replace radiator after
repair of A/T. Refer to LC-15 (QG18DE), LC-33 (SR20DE),
SAT128E
“Radiator”. MT
9. Remove control valve assembly according to the following pro-
cedures.
AX
SU
BR
a. Remove control valve assembly mounting bolts A, B and C.
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AAT260A
AT-445
DISASSEMBLY
AAT262A
SAT017D
SAT877J
SAT019DA
14. Remove N-D accumulator piston and return spring with com-
pressed air.
15. Remove O-rings from N-D accumulator piston.
SAT020D
AT-446
DISASSEMBLY
EM
SAT023DA LC
18. Remove lip seals from band servo oil port.
EC
FE
CL
SAT129E
MT
19. Remove converter housing according to the following proce-
dures.
a. Remove converter housing mounting bolts A and B.
AX
SU
BR
SAT027D
RS
BT
HA
SAT028D
EL
IDX
SAT131E
AT-447
DISASSEMBLY
SAT030D
AAT477
SAT132E
AAT478
SAT133E
AT-448
DISASSEMBLY
25. Remove side oil seal from transmission case using a screw-
driver.
GI
MA
EM
SAT072D LC
26. Remove oil tube from converter housing.
EC
FE
CL
SAT134EA
MT
27. Remove oil pump according to the following procedures.
a. Remove O-ring from input shaft.
AX
SU
BR
SAT127E
RS
BT
HA
SAT035D
c. Remove thrust washer and bearing race from oil pump assem- SC
bly.
EL
IDX
SAT036D
AT-449
DISASSEMBLY
SAT037DA
SAT038D
SAT039D
SAT040D
29. Remove input shaft assembly (high clutch) and reverse clutch
according to the following procedures.
a. Remove input shaft assembly (high clutch) with reverse clutch.
SAT041D
AT-450
DISASSEMBLY
MA
EM
SAT042D LC
c. Remove needle bearing from high clutch drum.
d. Check input shaft assembly and needle bearing for damage or
wear.
EC
FE
CL
SAT043D
MT
30. Remove high clutch hub and needle bearing from transmission
case.
31. Check high clutch hub and needle bearing for damage or wear.
AX
SU
BR
SAT044D
32. Remove front sun gear and needle bearings from transmission
case. ST
33. Check front sun gear and needle bearings for damage or wear.
RS
BT
HA
SAT579D
IDX
SAT046D
AT-451
DISASSEMBLY
SAT047D
SAT048D
SAT049D
35. Remove rear planetary carrier assembly and rear sun gear
according to the following procedures.
a. Remove rear planetary carrier assembly from transmission
case.
SAT051D
AT-452
DISASSEMBLY
GI
MA
EM
SAT052D LC
c. Remove needle bearings from rear planetary carrier assembly.
EC
FE
CL
SAT053D
MT
d. Check rear planetary carrier, rear sun gear and needle bear-
ings for damage or wear.
e. Check clearance between pinion washer and rear planetary
carrier using feeler gauge.
Standard clearance: AX
0.15 - 0.70 mm (0.0059 - 0.0276 in)
Allowable limit: SU
0.80 mm (0.0315 in)
Replace rear planetary carrier if the clearance exceeds allow-
able limit. BR
SAT054D
RS
BT
HA
SAT055D
EL
IDX
SAT056D
AT-453
DISASSEMBLY
SAT272E
AAT215A
SAT059D
SAT434D
SAT440D
AT-454
DISASSEMBLY
GI
MA
EM
SAT439D LC
쐌 If output shaft assembly came off with side cover, tap cover
with a soft hammer to separate.
EC
FE
CL
SAT435D
MT
e. Remove needle bearing.
AX
SU
BR
SAT453D
BT
HA
SAT060D
EL
IDX
SAT061D
AT-455
DISASSEMBLY
WAT234
SAT310G
WAT293
43. Draw out parking shaft and remove parking pawl from trans-
mission case.
44. Check parking pawl and shaft for damage or wear.
WAT142
SAT066D
AT-456
DISASSEMBLY
GI
MA
EM
SAT311G LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-457
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Manual Shaft
Manual Shaft
COMPONENTS NIAT0246
WAT248
REMOVAL NIAT0247
1. Remove detent spring from transmission case.
SAT313G
AAT486
3. Drive and pull out parking rod plate retaining pin using Tool.
4. Remove parking rod plate from manual shaft.
5. Draw out parking rod from transmission case.
AAT534
AT-458
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Manual Shaft (Cont’d)
6. Pull out manual shaft retaining pin.
7. Remove manual shaft and manual plate from transmission
case. GI
MA
EM
SAT049F LC
8. Remove manual shaft oil seal.
EC
FE
CL
SAT080D
MT
INSPECTION NIAT0248
쐌 Check component parts for wear or damage. Replace if nec-
essary.
AX
SU
BR
INSTALLATION
1. Install manual shaft oil seal using a suitable tool.
NIAT0249 ST
쐌 Apply ATF to outer surface of oil seal.
RS
BT
HA
SAT081D
EL
IDX
SAT610H
AT-459
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Manual Shaft (Cont’d)
3. Align groove of manual shaft and hole of transmission case.
4. Install manual shaft retaining pin using Tool.
AAT487
SAT078D
7. Drive in manual plate retaining pin and parking rod plate retain-
ing pin using Tool.
AAT485
SAT313G
AT-460
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Oil Pump
Oil Pump
COMPONENTS NIAT0250
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
SAT931J
MT
DISASSEMBLY NIAT0251
1. Remove seal rings.
AX
SU
BR
SAT699H
RS
BT
HA
SAT091D
EL
IDX
SAT092D
AT-461
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Oil Pump (Cont’d)
4. Remove O-ring from oil pump housing.
SAT093D
SAT094D
INSPECTION NIAT0252
Oil Pump Housing, Oil Pump Cover, Inner Gear and
Outer Gear NIAT0252S01
쐌 Check for wear or damage.
SAT095D
AT-462
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Oil Pump (Cont’d)
쐌 Measure clearance between outer gear and oil pump housing.
Standard clearance:
0.08 - 0.15 mm (0.0031 - 0.0059 in) GI
Allowable limit:
0.15 mm (0.0059 in) MA
쐌 If not within allowable limit, replace whole oil pump assembly
except oil pump cover.
EM
SAT096D LC
Side Ring Clearance NIAT0252S03
쐌 Install new seal rings onto oil pump cover. EC
쐌 Measure clearance between seal ring and ring groove.
Standard clearance:
0.1 - 0.25 mm (0.0039 - 0.0098 in) FE
Allowable limit:
0.25 mm (0.0098 in) CL
쐌 If not within allowable limit, replace oil pump cover assembly.
SAT097D
MT
ASSEMBLY NIAT0253
1. Install oil seal on oil pump housing using Tool.
AX
SU
BR
SAT922D
RS
BT
HA
SAT093D
EL
IDX
SAT092D
AT-463
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Oil Pump (Cont’d)
4. Install oil pump cover on oil pump housing.
a. Wrap masking tape around splines of oil pump cover assem-
bly to protect seal. Position oil pump cover assembly on oil
pump housing assembly, then remove masking tape.
b. Tighten bolts in numerical order.
SAT101D
5. Install new seal rings carefully after packing ring groove with
petroleum jelly.
쐌 Do not spread gap of seal ring excessively while install-
ing. It may deform the ring.
SAT699H
AT-464
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Control Valve Assembly
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
WAT249 BR
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-465
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Control Valve Assembly (Cont’d)
DISASSEMBLY =NIAT0255
쐌 Disassemble upper, inter and lower bodies.
Bolt length, number and location:
Bolt symbol A B C D E F G
Bolt length “” 13.5 mm 58.0 mm 40.0 mm 66.0 mm 33.0 mm 78.0 mm 18.0 mm
(0.531 in) (2.283 in) (1.575 in) (2.598 in) (1.299 in) (3.071 in) (0.709 in)
Number of bolts 6 3 6 11 2 2 1
SAT869J
SAT083F
SAT316GA
AT-466
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Control Valve Assembly (Cont’d)
3. Remove O-rings from solenoid valves and terminal body.
GI
MA
EM
SAT317G LC
4. Place upper body face down, and remove bolts B, C and F.
EC
FE
CL
SAT064F
MT
5. Remove lower body from inter body.
AX
SU
BR
SAT432D
RS
BT
HA
SAT109D
SAT873J
AT-467
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Control Valve Assembly (Cont’d)
9. Remove inter body from upper body.
10. Remove pilot filter, separating plate and gaskets from upper
body.
SAT065F
11. Check to see that steel balls are properly positioned in inter
body and then remove them.
쐌 Be careful not to lose steel balls.
SAT870J
12. Check to see that steel balls are properly positioned in upper
body and then remove them.
쐌 Be careful not to lose steel balls.
SAT871J
INSPECTION NIAT0256
Lower and Upper Bodies NIAT0256S01
쐌 Check to see that retainer plates are properly positioned in
lower body.
SAT872J
SAT321G
AT-468
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Control Valve Assembly (Cont’d)
Oil Strainer NIAT0256S02
쐌 Check wire netting of oil strainer for damage.
GI
MA
EM
SAT115D LC
Shift Solenoid Valves A and B, Line Pressure Solenoid
valve, Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve and
Overrun Clutch Solenoid Valve
EC
NIAT0256S03
쐌 Refer to “Resistance Check”, AT-322, 326 and 362.
FE
CL
WAT237
MT
Oil Cooler Relief Valve Spring NIAT0256S04
쐌 Check springs for damage or deformation.
쐌 Measure free length and outer diameter.
Inspection standard: AX
Unit: mm (in)
Part No. D
SU
31872 31X00 17.0 (0.669) 8.0 (0.315)
BR
SAT138D
ASSEMBLY
1. Install upper, inter and lower body.
NIAT0257 ST
a. Place oil circuit of upper body face up. Install steel balls in their
proper positions. RS
BT
HA
SAT871J
IDX
SAT072F
AT-469
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Control Valve Assembly (Cont’d)
c. Install reamer bolts F from bottom of upper body. Using reamer
bolts as guides, install separating plate and gaskets as a set.
SAT073F
SAT074F
SAT870J
SAT076F
g. Install steel balls, oil cooler relief valve springs and T/C pres-
sure holding spring in their proper positions in lower body.
SAT873J
AT-470
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Control Valve Assembly (Cont’d)
h. Install lower separating gasket, inter separating gasket and
lower separating plate in order shown in the illustration.
GI
MA
EM
SAT077F LC
i. Install bolts E from bottom of lower body. Using bolts E as
guides, install separating plate and gaskets as a set.
j. Install support plates on lower body.
EC
FE
CL
SAT078F
MT
k. Install lower body on inter body using reamer bolts F as guides
and tighten reamer bolts F slightly.
AX
SU
BR
AAT536
RS
BT
HA
SAT317G
AT-471
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Control Valve Assembly (Cont’d)
SAT869J
SAT081F
SAT316GA
SAT323G
AT-472
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Control Valve Assembly (Cont’d)
e. Tighten bolts A, C, D and F to specified torque.
: 7 - 9 N·m (0.7 - 0.9 kg-m, 61 - 78 in-lb)
GI
MA
EM
SAT083F LC
f. Tighten bolts E to specified torque.
: 3.4 - 4.4 N·m (0.35 - 0.45 kg-m, 30.4 - 39.1 in-lb)
EC
FE
CL
SAT084FA
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-473
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Control Valve Upper Body
WAT250
AT-474
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Control Valve Upper Body (Cont’d)
DISASSEMBLY NIAT0259
1. Remove valves at retainer plates.
쐌 Do not use a magnetic “hand”. GI
MA
EM
SAT321G LC
a. Use a screwdriver to remove retainer plates.
EC
FE
CL
SAT135D
MT
b. Remove retainer plates while holding spring, plugs or sleeves.
쐌 Remove plugs slowly to prevent internal parts from jump-
ing out.
AX
SU
BR
SAT136D
BT
HA
SAT137D
INSPECTION NIAT0260
SC
Valve Spring NIAT0260S01
쐌 Measure free length and outer diameter of each valve spring.
Also check for damage or deformation. EL
Inspection standard:
Refer to “CONTROL VALVE AND PLUG RETURN IDX
SPRINGS”, AT-542.
쐌 Replace valve springs if deformed or fatigued.
Control Valves NIAT0260S02
SAT138D 쐌 Check sliding surfaces of valves, sleeves and plugs.
AT-475
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Control Valve Upper Body (Cont’d)
ASSEMBLY NIAT0261
쐌 Lay control valve body down when installing valves. Do
not stand the control valve body upright.
SAT139D
1. Lubricate the control valve body and all valves with ATF. Install
control valves by sliding them carefully into their bores.
쐌 Be careful not to scratch or damage valve body.
SAT140DA
쐌 Wrap a small screwdriver with vinyl tape and use it to insert the
valves into their proper positions.
SAT141D
SAT142D
SAT143D
AT-476
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Control Valve Upper Body (Cont’d)
Retainer Plate (for control valve upper body) NIAT0261S02
Refer to “Control Valve Upper Body”, AT-474.
Unit: mm (in) GI
Name of valve and piston No. Length A Length B
MT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-477
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Control Valve Lower Body
WAT251
AT-478
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Control Valve Lower Body (Cont’d)
DISASSEMBLY NIAT0263
Remove valves at retainer plate.
For removal procedures, refer to “DISASSEMBLY”, AT-466. GI
MA
EM
SAT872J LC
INSPECTION NIAT0264
Valve Springs NIAT0264S01 EC
쐌 Check each valve spring for damage or deformation. Also
measure free length and outer diameter.
Inspection standard: FE
Refer to “CONTROL VALVE AND PLUG RETURN
SPRINGS”, AT-542.
쐌 Replace valve springs if deformed or fatigued.
CL
Control Valves
SAT138D 쐌
NIAT0264S02
Check sliding surfaces of control valves, sleeves and plugs for MT
damage.
AX
SU
BR
ASSEMBLY
쐌 Install control valves.
NIAT0265 ST
For installation procedures, refer to “ASSEMBLY”, AT-469.
RS
BT
HA
SAT872J
EL
IDX
SAT089F
AT-479
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Control Valve Lower Body (Cont’d)
Unit: mm (in)
Shift valve B 5 — — II
AT-480
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Reverse Clutch
Reverse Clutch
COMPONENTS =NIAT0266
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
SAT485JA
MT
DISASSEMBLY NIAT0267
1. Check operation of reverse clutch.
a. Install seal ring onto drum support of oil pump cover and install
reverse clutch assembly. Apply compressed air to oil hole.
b. Check to see that retaining plate moves to snap ring.
AX
c. If retaining plate does not contact snap ring:
쐌 D-ring might be damaged. SU
쐌 Oil seal might be damaged.
쐌 Fluid might be leaking past piston check ball.
BR
SAT155D
BT
HA
SAT156D
4. Set Tool on spring retainer and remove snap ring from reverse SC
clutch drum while compressing return springs.
쐌 Set Tool directly above springs.
쐌 Do not expand snap ring excessively. EL
5. Remove spring retainer and return springs.
IDX
AAT489
AT-481
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Reverse Clutch (Cont’d)
쐌 Do not remove return springs from spring retainer.
SAT301E
SAT159D
SAT138E
INSPECTION NIAT0268
Reverse Clutch Snap Ring, Spring Retainer and Return
Springs NIAT0268S01
쐌 Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
쐌 Replace if necessary.
쐌 When replacing spring retainer and return springs,
replace them as a set.
SAT162D
AT-482
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Reverse Clutch (Cont’d)
Reverse Clutch Dish Plates NIAT0268S03
쐌 Check for deformation or damage.
쐌 Measure thickness of dish plate. GI
Thickness of dish plate “t”: 2.8 mm (0.110 in)
쐌 If deformed or fatigued, replace. MA
EM
SAT163D LC
Reverse Clutch Piston NIAT0268S04
쐌 Make sure check balls are not fixed. EC
쐌 Apply compressed air to check ball oil hole opposite the return
spring. Make sure that there is no air leakage.
쐌 Apply compressed air to oil hole on return spring side to make FE
sure air leaks past ball.
CL
SAT164D
MT
ASSEMBLY NIAT0269
1. Install D-ring and oil seal on piston.
쐌 Take care with the direction of the oil seal.
쐌 Apply ATF to both parts.
AX
SU
BR
SAT160DA
RS
BT
HA
SAT159D
IDX
SAT168D
AT-483
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Reverse Clutch (Cont’d)
4. Set Tool on spring retainer and install snap ring while com-
pressing return springs.
쐌 Set Tool directly above return springs.
AAT489
SAT170D
SAT156D
SAT174D
SAT173D
AT-484
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
High Clutch
High Clutch
COMPONENTS =NIAT0270
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
SAT874J BR
DISASSEMBLY
1. Check operation of high clutch.
NIAT0271 ST
a. Apply compressed air to oil hole of input shaft.
쐌 Stop up a hole on opposite side of input shaft. RS
b. Check to see that retaining plate moves to snap ring.
c. If retaining plate does not contact snap ring:
쐌 D-ring might be damaged.
BT
쐌 Oil seal might be damaged.
쐌 Fluid might be leaking past piston check ball. HA
SAT176D
EL
IDX
SAT177D
AT-485
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
High Clutch (Cont’d)
3. Remove snap ring.
4. Remove drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate.
SAT178D
5. Set Tool on spring retainer and remove snap ring from high
clutch drum while compressing return springs.
쐌 Set Tool directly above springs.
쐌 Do not expand snap ring excessively.
6. Remove spring retainer and return springs.
AAT683
SAT302E
SAT189D
SAT139E
AT-486
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
High Clutch (Cont’d)
INSPECTION NIAT0272
Reverse Clutch Snap Ring, Spring Retainer and Return
Springs GI
NIAT0272S01
쐌 Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
쐌 Replace if necessary. MA
쐌 When replacing spring retainer and return springs,
replace them as a set.
EM
LC
High Clutch Drive Plates NIAT0272S02
쐌 Check facing for burns, cracks or damage. EC
쐌 Measure thickness of facing.
Thickness of drive plate:
Standard value: 2.0 mm (0.079 in) FE
Wear limit: 1.8 mm (0.071 in)
쐌 If not within wear limit, replace. CL
SAT162D
MT
High Clutch Piston NIAT0272S03
쐌 Make sure check balls are not fixed.
쐌 Apply compressed air to check ball oil hole opposite the return
spring. Make sure there is no air leakage.
쐌 Apply compressed air to oil hole on return spring side to make
AX
sure air leaks past ball.
SU
BR
SAT186D
ASSEMBLY NIAT0273
SC
1. Install D-ring and oil seal on piston.
쐌 Take care with the direction of the oil seal.
쐌 Apply ATF to both parts.
EL
IDX
SAT182DA
AT-487
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
High Clutch (Cont’d)
2. Install piston assembly by turning it slowly.
쐌 Apply ATF to inner surface of drum.
SAT189D
SAT191D
4. Set Tool on spring retainer and install snap ring while com-
pressing return springs.
쐌 Set Tool directly above return springs.
AAT683
SAT193D
SAT195D
AT-488
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
High Clutch (Cont’d)
7. Measure clearance between retaining plate and snap ring. If
not within allowable limit, select proper retaining plate.
Specified clearance: GI
Standard: 1.4 - 1.8 mm (0.055 - 0.071 in)
Allowable limit: 2.4 mm (0.094 in)
Retaining plate:
MA
Refer to “HIGH CLUTCH”, AT-543.
EM
SAT199D LC
8. Check operation of high clutch.
Refer to “High Clutch”, AT-485.
EC
FE
CL
SAT196D
MT
9. Install seal rings to input shaft.
쐌 Apply petroleum jelly to seal rings.
AX
SU
BR
SAT197D
RS
BT
HA
SAT198D
SC
EL
IDX
AT-489
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch
SAT932J
DISASSEMBLY NIAT0275
1. Check operation of forward clutch and overrun clutch.
a. Install bearing retainer on forward clutch drum.
b. Apply compressed air to oil hole of forward clutch drum.
c. Check to see that retaining plate moves to snap ring.
SAT201D
SAT202D
AT-490
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch (Cont’d)
2. Remove snap ring for forward clutch.
3. Remove drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate and dish
plate for forward clutch. GI
MA
EM
SAT203D LC
4. Remove snap ring for overrun clutch.
5. Remove drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate and dish
plate for overrun clutch.
EC
FE
CL
SAT204D
MT
6. Set Tool on spring retainer and remove snap ring from forward
clutch drum while compressing return springs.
쐌 Set Tool directly above return springs.
쐌 Do not expand snap ring excessively.
7. Remove spring retainer and return springs. AX
SU
BR
AAT685
RS
BT
HA
SAT216D
EL
IDX
SAT215D
AT-491
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch (Cont’d)
10. Remove D-rings and oil seals from forward clutch piston and
overrun clutch piston.
SAT140E
INSPECTION NIAT0276
Snap Rings and Spring Retainer NIAT0276S01
쐌 Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
SAT138D
AT-492
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch (Cont’d)
Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch Dish Plates NIAT0276S04
쐌 Check for deformation or damage.
쐌 Measure thickness of dish plate. GI
Thickness of dish plate “t”:
Forward clutch: 2.5 mm (0.098 in) MA
Overrun clutch: 2.15 mm (0.0846 in)
쐌 If deformed or fatigued, replace.
EM
SAT163D LC
Forward Clutch Drum NIAT0276S05
쐌 Make sure check balls are not fixed. EC
쐌 Apply compressed air to check ball oil hole from outside of
forward clutch drum. Make sure air leaks past ball.
쐌 Apply compressed air to oil hole from inside of forward clutch FE
drum. Make sure there is no air leakage.
CL
SAT213D
MT
Overrun Clutch Piston NIAT0276S06
쐌 Make sure check balls are not fixed.
쐌 Apply compressed air to check ball oil hole opposite the return
spring. Make sure there is no air leakage.
쐌 Apply compressed air to oil hole on return spring side. Make
AX
sure air leaks past ball.
SU
BR
SAT212D
ASSEMBLY
1.
NIAT0277
Install D-rings and oil seals on forward clutch piston and over-
ST
run clutch piston.
쐌 Take care with direction of oil seal. RS
쐌 Apply ATF to both parts.
BT
HA
SAT208DA
IDX
SAT215D
AT-493
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch (Cont’d)
3. Install forward clutch piston assembly on forward clutch drum
while turning it slowly.
쐌 Apply ATF to inner surface of drum.
SAT216D
SAT217D
SAT218D
7. Set Tool on spring retainer and install snap ring while com-
pressing return springs.
쐌 Set Tool directly above return springs.
AAT685
SAT220D
AT-494
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch (Cont’d)
8. Install drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate and dish plate
for overrun clutch.
9. Install snap ring for overrun clutch. GI
MA
EM
SAT204D LC
10. Measure clearance between overrun clutch retaining plate and
snap ring.
If not within allowable limit, select proper retaining plate. EC
Specified clearance:
Standard: 1.0 - 1.4 mm (0.039 - 0.055 in) FE
Allowable limit: 2.0 mm (0.079 in)
Overrun clutch retaining plate:
Refer to SDS, AT-543. CL
SAT227D
MT
11. Install drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate and dish plate
for forward clutch.
Take care with the order and direction of plates.
12. Install snap ring for forward clutch.
AX
SU
BR
SAT203D
EL
IDX
SAT201D
AT-495
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch (Cont’d)
15. Check operation of overrun clutch.
Refer to “Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch”, AT-490.
SAT202D
AT-496
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Low & Reverse Brake
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
SAT486JA
MT
DISASSEMBLY NIAT0279
1. Check operation of low & reverse brake.
a. Apply compressed air to oil hole of transmission case.
b. Check to see that retaining plate moves to snap ring.
AX
c. If retaining plate does not contact snap ring:
쐌 D-ring might be damaged.
쐌 Oil seal might be damaged. SU
쐌 Fluid might be leaking past piston check ball.
BR
SAT230D
BT
HA
SAT231D
5. Set Tool on spring retainer and remove snap ring while com- SC
pressing return springs.
쐌 Set Tool directly above return springs.
쐌 Do not expand snap ring excessively. EL
6. Remove spring retainer and return springs.
IDX
AAT687
AT-497
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Low & Reverse Brake (Cont’d)
쐌 Do not remove return springs from spring retainer.
SAT303E
SAT234D
SAT767G
INSPECTION NIAT0280
Low & Reverse Clutch Snap Ring, Spring Retainer and
Return Springs NIAT0280S01
쐌 Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
쐌 Replace if necessary.
쐌 When replacing spring retainer and return springs,
replace them as a set.
AT-498
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Low & Reverse Brake (Cont’d)
Low & Reverse Brake Drive Plates NIAT0280S02
쐌 Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.
쐌 Measure thickness of facing. GI
Thickness of drive plate:
Standard value: 2.0 mm (0.079 in) MA
Wear limit: 1.8 mm (0.071 in)
쐌 If not within wear limit, replace.
EM
SAT162D LC
ASSEMBLY NIAT0281
1. Install D-ring and oil seal on piston. EC
쐌 Take care with the direction of the oil seal.
쐌 Apply ATF to both parts.
FE
CL
SAT235DA
MT
2. Stand transmission case.
3. Install piston assembly on transmission case while turning it
slowly.
쐌 Apply ATF to inner surface of transmission case.
AX
SU
BR
SAT239D
BT
HA
SAT241D
EL
IDX
AAT687
AT-499
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Low & Reverse Brake (Cont’d)
6. Install drive plates, driven plates, retaining plates and dished
plates.
쐌 Do not align the projections on the two dished plates.
쐌 Make sure to put the plates in the correct order and direc-
tion.
SAT254E
SAT231D
SAT230D
AT-500
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Rear Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub and Overrun Clutch Hub
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT875J
AX
SU
BR
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove snap ring from overrun clutch hub.
NIAT0283 ST
2. Remove overrun clutch hub from forward clutch hub.
RS
BT
HA
SAT249D
EL
IDX
SAT250D
AT-501
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Rear Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub and Overrun Clutch Hub (Cont’d)
4. Remove forward clutch hub from rear internal gear.
SAT251D
SAT252D
SAT253D
SAT254D
SAT255D
AT-502
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Rear Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub and Overrun Clutch Hub (Cont’d)
INSPECTION NIAT0284
Rear Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub and Overrun
Clutch Hub GI
NIAT0284S01
쐌 Check rubbing surfaces for wear or damage.
MA
EM
SAT256D LC
Snap Ring, End Bearings and Forward One-way Clutch
NIAT0284S02
쐌 Check snap ring and end bearings for deformation and dam- EC
age.
쐌 Check forward one-way clutch for wear and damage.
FE
CL
SAT257D
MT
ASSEMBLY NIAT0285
1. Install forward one-way clutch on forward clutch.
쐌 Take care with the direction of forward one-way clutch.
AX
SU
BR
SAT976H
RS
BT
HA
SAT259D
IDX
SAT260D
AT-503
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Rear Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub and Overrun Clutch Hub (Cont’d)
4. Install end bearing on rear internal gear.
쐌 Apply petroleum jelly to end bearing.
SAT261D
SAT713H
SAT263D
SAT264D
SAT248D
AT-504
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Output Shaft, Idler Gear, Reduction Pinion Gear and Bearing Retainer
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AX
SU
BR
SAT487JA
ST
RS
BT
HA
DISASSEMBLY NIAT0287
SC
1. Remove seal rings from output shaft and bearing retainer.
EL
IDX
SAT644D
AT-505
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Output Shaft, Idler Gear, Reduction Pinion Gear and Bearing Retainer (Cont’d)
2. Remove output shaft bearing with screwdrivers.
쐌 Always replace bearing with a new one when removed.
쐌 Do not damage output shaft.
SAT645D
SAT646D
AAT539
SAT648D
AAT495
AT-506
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Output Shaft, Idler Gear, Reduction Pinion Gear and Bearing Retainer (Cont’d)
7. Press out reduction pinion gear bearing from reduction pinion
gear.
GI
MA
EM
WAT235 LC
8. Remove reduction pinion gear bearing outer race from trans-
mission case.
EC
FE
CL
SAT651D
MT
INSPECTION NIAT0288
Output Shaft, Idler Gear and Reduction Pinion Gear
NIAT0288S01
쐌 Check shafts for cracks, wear or bending.
쐌 Check gears for wear, chips and cracks. AX
SU
BR
Bearing
쐌
NIAT0288S02
Make sure bearings roll freely and are free from noise, cracks,
ST
pitting or wear.
쐌 When replacing taper roller bearing, replace outer and RS
inner race as a set.
BT
HA
SPD715
AT-507
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Output Shaft, Idler Gear, Reduction Pinion Gear and Bearing Retainer (Cont’d)
쐌 Measure clearance between seal ring and ring groove of bear-
ing retainer.
Standard clearance:
0.10 - 0.25 mm (0.0039 - 0.0098 in)
Allowable limit:
0.25 mm (0.0098 in)
쐌 If not within allowable limit, replace bearing retainer.
ASSEMBLY NIAT0289
1. Press reduction pinion gear bearing on reduction pinion gear.
AAT688
SAT654D
AAT689
SAT901D
AT-508
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Output Shaft, Idler Gear, Reduction Pinion Gear and Bearing Retainer (Cont’d)
5. Press output shaft bearing on output shaft.
GI
MA
EM
SAT939D LC
6. Press needle bearing on bearing retainer.
EC
FE
CL
SAT658D
MT
7. Install snap ring to bearing retainer.
AX
SU
BR
SAT659D
BT
HA
SAT660D
EL
IDX
SAT661D
AT-509
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Band Servo Piston Assembly
SAT488J
DISASSEMBLY NIAT0291
1. Remove band servo piston snap ring.
SAT288D
SAT289D
SAT290DB
AT-510
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Band Servo Piston Assembly (Cont’d)
4. Remove D-ring from OD servo piston.
GI
MA
EM
SAT593GB LC
5. Remove O-rings from OD servo piston retainer.
EC
FE
CL
SAT292DA
MT
6. Remove band servo piston assembly from servo piston
retainer by pushing it forward.
AX
SU
BR
SAT293D
RS
BT
HA
SAT294D
EL
IDX
SAT295DA
AT-511
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Band Servo Piston Assembly (Cont’d)
9. Remove O-rings from servo piston retainer.
SAT296DA
SAT594GA
INSPECTION NIAT0292
Pistons, Retainers and Piston Stem NIAT0292S01
쐌 Check frictional surfaces for abnormal wear or damage.
SAT298DA
SAT138D
ASSEMBLY NIAT0293
1. Install D-rings to band servo piston retainer.
쐌 Apply ATF to D-rings.
쐌 Pay attention to position of each D-ring.
SAT595GA
AT-512
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Band Servo Piston Assembly (Cont’d)
2. Install band servo piston stem, band servo thrust washer, OD
servo return spring and spring retainer to band servo piston.
GI
MA
EM
SAT295DA LC
3. Place piston stem end on a wooden block. While pushing
servo piston spring retainer down, install E-ring.
EC
FE
CL
SAT301D
MT
4. Install O-rings to servo piston retainer.
쐌 Apply ATF to O-rings.
쐌 Pay attention to the positions of the O-rings.
AX
SU
BR
SAT296DA
RS
BT
HA
SAT303D
EL
IDX
SAT596GB
AT-513
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Band Servo Piston Assembly (Cont’d)
7. Install O-rings to OD servo piston retainer.
쐌 Apply ATF to O-rings.
쐌 Pay attention to the positions of the O-rings.
SAT292DA
SAT306DA
9. Install band servo piston assembly and 2nd servo return spring
to transmission case.
쐌 Apply ATF to O-ring of band servo piston and transmis-
sion case.
SAT307DA
AAT692
SAT288D
AT-514
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Final Drive
Final Drive
COMPONENTS NIAT0294
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
WAT078
MT
DISASSEMBLY NIAT0295
1. Remove final gear.
AX
SU
BR
SMT696B
RS
BT
HA
SAT312D
SC
EL
IDX
SMT697B
AT-515
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Final Drive (Cont’d)
3. Remove speedometer drive gear.
SAT313D
SAT904D
SAT316D
INSPECTION NIAT0296
Gear, Washer, Shaft and Case NIAT0296S01
쐌 Check mating surfaces of differential case, side gears and
pinion mate gears.
쐌 Check washers for wear.
WAT294
Bearings NIAT0296S03
쐌 Make sure bearings roll freely and are free from noise, cracks,
pitting or wear.
쐌 When replacing taper roller bearing, replace outer and
inner race as a set.
SPD715
AT-516
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Final Drive (Cont’d)
ASSEMBLY NIAT0297
1. Install side gear and thrust washers in differential case.
2. Install pinion mate gears and thrust washers in differential case GI
while rotating them.
쐌 When inserting, be careful not to damage pinion mate gear
washers.
MA
쐌 Apply ATF to any parts.
EM
SAT318D LC
3. Measure clearance between side gear and differential case
with washers using the following procedure.
a. Set Tool and dial indicator on side gear.
EC
b. Move side gear up and down to measure dial indicator deflec-
tion. Always measure indicator deflection on both side gears. FE
Clearance between side gear and differential case with
washers:
0.1 - 0.2 mm (0.004 - 0.008 in) CL
SAT902D
MT
c. If not within specification adjust clearance by changing thick-
ness of side gear thrust washers.
Side gear thrust washer:
Refer to SDS, AT-545.
AX
SU
BR
SMT616
RS
BT
HA
SAT904D
IDX
SAT313D
AT-517
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Final Drive (Cont’d)
6. Install final gear and tighten fixing bolts in numerical order.
: 113 - 127 N·m (11.5 - 13.0 kg-m, 83 - 94 ft-lb)
SAT326D
SMT700B
AT-518
ASSEMBLY
Assembly (1)
MA
EM
SAT311G LC
2. Install differential side oil seals on transmission case and con-
verter housing, so that “A” and “B” are within specifications.
EC
FE
CL
AAT695
MT
Unit: mm (in)
A B
SU
BR
WAT141
RS
BT
HA
SAT328D
EL
IDX
WAT143
AT-519
ASSEMBLY
Assembly (1) (Cont’d)
5. Install return spring.
WAT144
SAT947DA
SAT027D
AAT947
AT-520
ASSEMBLY
Adjustment (1) (Cont’d)
9. Remove converter housing from transmission case.
10. Remove final drive assembly from transmission case.
11. Remove differential side bearing outer race from transmission GI
case.
12. Reinstall differential side bearing outer race and shim(s)
selected from SDS table on transmission case. MA
13. Reinstall converter housing on transmission case and tighten
transmission case fixing bolts to the specified torque. EM
AAT477 LC
14. Insert Tool into differential case and measure turning torque of
final drive assembly.
쐌 Turn final drive assembly in both directions several times
EC
to seat bearing rollers correctly.
Turning torque of final drive assembly (New bearing): FE
0.49 - 1.08 N·m (5.0 - 11.0 kg-cm, 4.3 - 9.5 in-lb)
쐌 When old bearing is used again, turning torque will be
slightly less than the above. CL
쐌 Make sure torque is within the specified range.
AAT466
MT
REDUCTION PINION GEAR BEARING PRELOAD NIAT0299S02
쐌 Be sure to remove final drive assembly before doing this pro-
cedure.
쐌 Using caliper and straightedge, calculate a dimension “T”
(adjuster shim thickness) in the left figure by the following for- AX
mula. And adjust the inspection standard for pre-load (rotating
slide torque) as shown below.
T=A–E
SU
Inspection standard for preload:
0.1 - 0.69 N·m (1.1 - 7.0 kg-cm, 0.95 - 6.08 in-lb) BR
SAT876J
BT
HA
SAT332DA
SAT333DA
AT-521
ASSEMBLY
Adjustment (1) (Cont’d)
쐌 Measure dimension “B” between the end of reduction pinion
gear and the surface of transmission case.
쐌 Measure dimension “B” in at least two places.
SAT334DA
SAT335D
SAT336DA
d. Measure dimension “E” between the end of idler gear and the
idler gear bearing inner race mating surface of idler gear.
쐌 Measure dimension “E” in at least two places.
SAT337D
AT-522
ASSEMBLY
Adjustment (1) (Cont’d)
3. Install reduction pinion gear and reduction pinion gear bearing
adjusting shim selected in step 2-e on transmission case using
Tool. GI
4. Press idler gear bearing inner race on idler gear.
5. Press idler gear on reduction pinion gear.
쐌 Press idler gear so that idler gear can be locked by park- MA
ing pawl.
EM
AAT696 LC
6. Tighten idler gear lock nut to the specified torque.
쐌 Lock idler gear with parking pawl when tightening lock
nut.
EC
FE
CL
SAT339D
MT
7. Measure turning torque of reduction pinion gear.
쐌 When measuring turning torque, turn reduction pinion
gear in both directions several times to seat bearing roll-
ers correctly.
Turning torque of reduction pinion gear: AX
0.1 - 0.69 N·m (1.1 - 7.0 kg-cm, 0.95 - 6.08 in-lb)
SU
BR
SAT340DC
BT
HA
SAT341D
EL
IDX
SAT347D
AT-523
ASSEMBLY
Adjustment (1) (Cont’d)
2. Install output shaft thrust needle bearing on bearing retainer.
SAT438D
SAT439D
4. Measure dimensions “1” and “2” at side cover and then cal-
culate dimension “A”.
쐌 Measure dimension “1” and “2” in at least two places
“A”: Distance between transmission case fitting surface
and adjusting shim mating surface
A = 1 − 2
2: Height of gauge
SAT874DA
SAT875DA
SAT440D
AT-524
ASSEMBLY
Adjustment (1) (Cont’d)
8. Apply locking sealant (Locktite 5/8 or equivalent) to transmis-
sion case as shown in illustration.
GI
MA
EM
SAT441D LC
9. Install side cover on transmission case.
쐌 Apply locking sealant to the mating surface of transmis-
sion case.
EC
FE
CL
SAT442D
MT
10. Tighten side cover fixing bolts to specified torque.
: 26 - 30 N·m (2.7 - 3.1 kg-m, 20 - 22 ft-lb)
쐌 Do not mix bolts A and B.
쐌 Always replace bolts A as they are self-sealing bolts.
AX
SU
BR
SAT124E
BT
HA
SAT354D
IDX
SAT355D
AT-525
ASSEMBLY
Assembly (2) (Cont’d)
4. Install thrust needle bearing on bearing retainer.
쐌 Apply petroleum jelly to thrust bearing.
쐌 Pay attention to direction of thrust needle bearing.
SAT356D
SAT357D
SAT358D
SAT359D
SAT360D
AT-526
ASSEMBLY
Assembly (2) (Cont’d)
9. Install rear sun gear on rear planetary carrier.
쐌 Pay attention to direction of rear sun gear.
GI
MA
EM
SAT052D LC
10. Install rear planetary carrier on transmission case.
EC
FE
CL
SAT362D
MT
11. Install thrust needle bearing on front planetary carrier.
쐌 Apply petroleum jelly to thrust needle bearing.
쐌 Pay attention to direction of thrust needle bearing.
AX
SU
BR
SAT363D
BT
HA
SAT048D
EL
IDX
SAT047D
AT-527
ASSEMBLY
Assembly (2) (Cont’d)
15. Install snap ring with screwdriver.
쐌 Forward clutch and bearings must be correctly installed
for snap ring to fit groove of transmission case.
SAT046D
SAT367D
SAT368D
SAT369D
SAT370D
AT-528
ASSEMBLY
Assembly (2) (Cont’d)
20. Install needle bearing on high clutch hub.
쐌 Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
쐌 Pay attention to direction of needle bearing. GI
MA
EM
SAT371D LC
21. Remove paper rolled around input shaft.
22. Install input shaft assembly.
EC
쐌 Align teeth of high clutch drive plates before installing.
FE
CL
SAT372D
MT
23. Install reverse clutch assembly.
쐌 Align teeth of reverse clutch drive plates before installing.
AX
SU
BR
SAT373D
Transmission case 쐌 쐌 BT
Overrun clutch hub 쐌 쐌
AT-529
ASSEMBLY
Adjustment (2) (Cont’d)
TOTAL END PLAY NIAT0301S01
쐌 Measure clearance between reverse clutch drum and needle
bearing for oil pump cover.
쐌 Select proper thickness of bearing race so that end play is
within specifications.
SAT374D
SAT375D
SAT376D
SAT377D
SAT378D
AT-530
ASSEMBLY
Adjustment (2) (Cont’d)
b. Measure dimension “M”.
“M”: Distance between transmission case fitting surface
and needle bearing on oil pump cover GI
“M1”: Indication of gauge
MA
EM
SAT379D LC
c. Measure thickness of straightedge “t”.
M = M1− t
EC
FE
CL
SAT443D
MT
3. Adjust total end play “T3”.
T3 = J − M
Total end play “T3”:
0.25 - 0.55 mm (0.0098 - 0.0217 in)
쐌 Select proper thickness of bearing race so that total end play
AX
is within specifications.
Bearing races: Refer to “Total End Play”, AT-549. SU
BR
BT
HA
SAT380D
EL
IDX
SAT381D
AT-531
ASSEMBLY
Adjustment (2) (Cont’d)
a. Place thrust washer on reverse clutch drum.
b. Measure dimension “O”.
SAT382D
SAT383D
SAT384D
SAT385D
SAT386D
AT-532
ASSEMBLY
Adjustment (2) (Cont’d)
3. Adjust reverse clutch end play “T4”.
T4 = N − Q
Reverse clutch end play: GI
0.65 - 1.00 mm (0.0256 - 0.0394 in)
쐌 Select proper thickness of thrust washer so that reverse clutch MA
end play is within specifications.
Thrust washer: Refer to “Reverse Clutch End Play”,
AT-549. EM
LC
Assembly (3) NIAT0302
1. Remove reverse clutch assembly and install needle bearing on EC
high clutch assembly.
쐌 Pay attention to direction of needle bearing.
2. Install reverse clutch assembly. FE
CL
SAT387D
MT
3. Install anchor end pin and lock nut on transmission case.
4. Place brake band on outside of reverse clutch drum. Tighten
anchor end pin just enough so that brake band is evenly fitted
on reverse clutch drum.
AX
SU
BR
SAT038D
BT
HA
SAT389D
IDX
SAT390D
AT-533
ASSEMBLY
Assembly (3) (Cont’d)
7. Install oil pump assembly on transmission case.
SAT391D
SAT392D
SAT034D
SAT394D
SAT395D
AT-534
ASSEMBLY
Assembly (3) (Cont’d)
c. While holding anchor end pin, tighten lock nut.
GI
MA
EM
SAT396D LC
11. Apply compressed air to oil holes of transmission case and
check operation of brake band.
EC
FE
CL
SAT397D
MT
Assembly (4) NIAT0303
1. Install final drive assembly on transmission case.
AX
SU
BR
SAT030D
RS
BT
HA
SAT033DA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-535
ASSEMBLY
Assembly (4) (Cont’d)
3. Install O-ring on differential oil port of transmission case.
4. Install converter housing on transmission case.
쐌 Apply locking sealant to mating surface of converter
housing.
Bolt Length mm (in)
A 32.8 (1.291)
B 40 (1.57)
SAT405D
SAT406DA
SAT407DA
SAT878J
AT-536
ASSEMBLY
Assembly (4) (Cont’d)
6. Install lip seals for band servo oil holes on transmission case.
쐌 Apply petroleum jelly to lip seals.
GI
MA
EM
SAT021D LC
EC
FE
CL
SAT022D
MT
7. Install control valve assembly.
a. Insert manual valve into control valve assembly.
쐌 Apply ATF to manual valve.
AX
SU
BR
SAT017D
BT
HA
AAT261A
SC
EL
IDX
AT-537
ASSEMBLY
Assembly (4) (Cont’d)
d. Tighten bolts A, B and C.
: 7 - 9 N·m (0.7 - 0.9 kg-m, 61 - 78 in-lb)
Bolt length, number and location
Bolt symbol A B C
Number of bolts 5 6 2
AAT260A
SAT418D
SAT128E
SAT023JB
AT-538
ASSEMBLY
Assembly (4) (Cont’d)
d. Use a 4 mm (0.157 in) pin for this adjustment.
1) Insert the pin straight into the manual shaft adjustment hole.
2) Rotate PNP switch until the pin can also be inserted straight GI
into hole in PNP switch.
e. Tighten PNP switch fixing bolts.
f. Remove pin from adjustment hole after adjusting PNP switch.
MA
EM
SAT426DB LC
10. Install oil charging pipe and oil cooler tube to transmission
case.
EC
FE
CL
SAT586H
MT
11. Install torque converter.
a. Pour ATF into torque converter.
쐌 Approximately 1 liter (1-1/8 US qt, 7/8 Imp qt) of fluid is
required for a new torque converter.
쐌 When reusing old torque converter, add the same amount AX
of fluid as was drained.
SU
BR
SAT428DA
RS
BT
HA
SAT429D
IDX
SAT430D
AT-539
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
General Specifications
1st 2.861
2nd 1.562
3rd 1.000
Transaxle gear ratio
4th 0.698
Reverse 2.310
Nissan Matic “D” (Continental U.S. and Alaska) or Genuine Nissan Automatic Trans-
Recommended fluid
mission Fluid (Canada)*1
32 - 40 60 - 68 124 - 132 70 - 78 35 - 43 25 - 33 54 - 62
Half throttle Comfort
(20 - 25) (37 - 42) (77 - 82) (43 - 48) (22 - 27) (16 - 21) (34 - 39)
SR20DE
Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)
Throttle position Shift pattern
D1 , D2 D2 , D3 D3 , D4 D4 , D3 D3 , D2 D2 , D1 12 , 11
33 - 41 58 - 66 121 - 129 72 - 80 34 - 42 9 - 17 51 - 59
Half throttle Comfort
(21 - 25) (36 - 41) (75 - 80) (45 - 50) (21 - 26) (6 - 11) (32 - 37)
31 - 39 58 - 66 119 - 127 68 - 76 34 - 42 24 - 32 52 - 60
Half throttle Comfort
(19 - 24) (36 - 41) (74 - 79) (42 - 47) (21 - 26) (15 - 20) (32 - 37)
AT-540
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Shift Schedule (Cont’d)
Stall 1,816 (18.5, 263) 1,167 (11.9, 169) 1,167 (11.9, 169) 1,167 (11.9, 169) RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-541
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Control Valves
23 Overrun clutch control valve spring 31762-80X00 21.7 (0.854) 7.0 (0.276)
Lower
body 27 Accumulator control valve spring 31742-80X02 22.0 (0.866) 6.5 (0.256)
Refer to
“Control 29 Shift valve A spring 31762-80X00 21.7 (0.854) 7.0 (0.276)
Valve
2 Shift valve B spring 31762-80X00 21.7 (0.854) 7.0 (0.276)
Lower
Body”, 11 Pressure modifier valve spring 31742-41X15 30.5 (1.201) 9.8 (0.386)
AT-478.
7 Pressure modifier valve spring 31742-80X16 32.0 (1.260) 6.9 (0.272)
— Oil cooler relief valve spring 31872-31X00 17.02 (0.6701) 8.0 (0.315)
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
AT-542
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Clutch, Brake and Brake Band (Cont’d)
Clearance mm (in)
Standard 1.4 - 1.8 (0.055 - 0.071) EM
Allowable limit 2.4 (0.094)
FORWARD CLUTCH CL
NIAT0309S03
AT-543
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Clutch, Brake and Brake Band (Cont’d)
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Anchor end pin tightening torque 3.5 - 5.9 N·m (0.35 - 0.6 kg-m, 31 - 52 in-lb)
Low reverse brake (20 pcs) 25.1 (0.988) 7.6 (0.299) 31505-31X04
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Inner gear
AT-544
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Input Shaft
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Final Drive EC
NIAT0314
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE GEAR CLEARANCE NIAT0314S01
Clearance between side gear and differential case with washer 0.1 - 0.2 mm (0.004 - 0.008 in) FE
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHERS NIAT0314S02
CL
Thickness mm (in) Part number*
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Turning torque of final drive assembly 0.49 - 1.08 N·m (5.0 - 11.0 kg-cm, 4.3 - 9.5 in-lb) BR
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING ADJUSTING SHIMS NIAT0314S06
ST
Thickness mm (in) Part number*
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
EL
IDX
AT-545
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Final Drive (Cont’d)
Turning torque of reduction pinion gear 0.1 - 0.69 N·m (1.1 - 7.0 kg-cm, 0.95 - 6.08 in-lb)
AT-546
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Reduction Pinion Gear (Cont’d)
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-547
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Reduction Pinion Gear (Cont’d)
TABLE FOR SELECTING REDUCTION PINION GEAR BEARING ADJUSTING SHIM NIAT0315S04
Unit: mm (in)
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
AT-548
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Total End Play
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
AX
Accumulator
O-RING
NIAT0320
SU
NIAT0320S01
Unit: mm (in)
RETURN SPRING RS
NIAT0320S02
Unit: mm (in)
Band Servo SC
NIAT0321
RETURN SPRING NIAT0321S01
Unit: mm (in)
EL
Return spring Free length Outer diameter Part number*
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
AT-549
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Removal and Installation
Distance between end of converter housing and torque converter 15.9 (0.626) or more
1st ON ON
2nd OFF ON
4th ON OFF
Resistance NIAT0324
Temperature Resistance
When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH), use the CONSULT-II pulse frequency measuring
function. *1
CAUTION: Approximately 150 Hz
Connect the diagnosis data link cable to the vehicle diagnosis connector.
*1: A circuit tester cannot be used to test this item.
Resistance 10 - 15Ω
AT-550